UNPKG

441 kBTypeScriptView Raw
1import {Request} from '../lib/request';
2import {Response} from '../lib/response';
3import {AWSError} from '../lib/error';
4import {Service} from '../lib/service';
5import {WaiterConfiguration} from '../lib/service';
6import {ServiceConfigurationOptions} from '../lib/service';
7import {ConfigBase as Config} from '../lib/config';
8interface Blob {}
9declare class IAM extends Service {
10 /**
11 * Constructs a service object. This object has one method for each API operation.
12 */
13 constructor(options?: IAM.Types.ClientConfiguration)
14 config: Config & IAM.Types.ClientConfiguration;
15 /**
16 * Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add an existing client ID to the provider.
17 */
18 addClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
19 /**
20 * Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add an existing client ID to the provider.
21 */
22 addClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
23 /**
24 * Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance profile can contain only one role, and this limit cannot be increased. You can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of AWS because of eventual consistency. To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile and then associate the instance profile, or you can stop your instance and then restart it. The caller of this API must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM role by a permissions policy. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
25 */
26 addRoleToInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
27 /**
28 * Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance profile can contain only one role, and this limit cannot be increased. You can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of AWS because of eventual consistency. To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile and then associate the instance profile, or you can stop your instance and then restart it. The caller of this API must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM role by a permissions policy. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
29 */
30 addRoleToInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
31 /**
32 * Adds the specified user to the specified group.
33 */
34 addUserToGroup(params: IAM.Types.AddUserToGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
35 /**
36 * Adds the specified user to the specified group.
37 */
38 addUserToGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
39 /**
40 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. You use this API to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
41 */
42 attachGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.AttachGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
43 /**
44 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. You use this API to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
45 */
46 attachGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
47 /**
48 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's permission (access) policy. You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. Use this API to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
49 */
50 attachRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.AttachRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
51 /**
52 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's permission (access) policy. You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. Use this API to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
53 */
54 attachRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
55 /**
56 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. You use this API to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
57 */
58 attachUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.AttachUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
59 /**
60 * Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. You use this API to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
61 */
62 attachUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
63 /**
64 * Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. The AWS account root user password is not affected by this operation. To change the password for a different user, see UpdateLoginProfile. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
65 */
66 changePassword(params: IAM.Types.ChangePasswordRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
67 /**
68 * Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. The AWS account root user password is not affected by this operation. To change the password for a different user, see UpdateLoginProfile. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
69 */
70 changePassword(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
71 /**
72 * Creates a new AWS secret access key and corresponding AWS access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials. This is true even if the AWS account has no associated users. For information about limits on the number of keys you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation. You must save the key (for example, in a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then create new keys.
73 */
74 createAccessKey(params: IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyResponse, AWSError>;
75 /**
76 * Creates a new AWS secret access key and corresponding AWS access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials. This is true even if the AWS account has no associated users. For information about limits on the number of keys you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation. You must save the key (for example, in a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then create new keys.
77 */
78 createAccessKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateAccessKeyResponse, AWSError>;
79 /**
80 * Creates an alias for your AWS account. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
81 */
82 createAccountAlias(params: IAM.Types.CreateAccountAliasRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
83 /**
84 * Creates an alias for your AWS account. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
85 */
86 createAccountAlias(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
87 /**
88 * Creates a new group. For information about the number of groups you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
89 */
90 createGroup(params: IAM.Types.CreateGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateGroupResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateGroupResponse, AWSError>;
91 /**
92 * Creates a new group. For information about the number of groups you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
93 */
94 createGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateGroupResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateGroupResponse, AWSError>;
95 /**
96 * Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
97 */
98 createInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
99 /**
100 * Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
101 */
102 createInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
103 /**
104 * Creates a password for the specified user, giving the user the ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. For more information about managing passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
105 */
106 createLoginProfile(params: IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileResponse, AWSError>;
107 /**
108 * Creates a password for the specified user, giving the user the ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. For more information about managing passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
109 */
110 createLoginProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateLoginProfileResponse, AWSError>;
111 /**
112 * Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC). The OIDC provider that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in a role's trust policy. Such a policy establishes a trust relationship between AWS and the OIDC provider. When you create the IAM OIDC provider, you specify the following: The URL of the OIDC identity provider (IdP) to trust A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that identify the application or applications that are allowed to authenticate using the OIDC provider A list of thumbprints of one or more server certificates that the IdP uses You get all of this information from the OIDC IdP that you want to use to access AWS. The trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the IAM provider that this operation creates. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvider operation to highly privileged users.
113 */
114 createOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse, AWSError>;
115 /**
116 * Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC). The OIDC provider that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in a role's trust policy. Such a policy establishes a trust relationship between AWS and the OIDC provider. When you create the IAM OIDC provider, you specify the following: The URL of the OIDC identity provider (IdP) to trust A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that identify the application or applications that are allowed to authenticate using the OIDC provider A list of thumbprints of one or more server certificates that the IdP uses You get all of this information from the OIDC IdP that you want to use to access AWS. The trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the IAM provider that this operation creates. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvider operation to highly privileged users.
117 */
118 createOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse, AWSError>;
119 /**
120 * Creates a new managed policy for your AWS account. This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
121 */
122 createPolicy(params: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
123 /**
124 * Creates a new managed policy for your AWS account. This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
125 */
126 createPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
127 /**
128 * Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version using DeletePolicyVersion before you create a new version. Optionally, you can set the new version as the policy's default version. The default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
129 */
130 createPolicyVersion(params: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionResponse, AWSError>;
131 /**
132 * Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version using DeletePolicyVersion before you create a new version. Optionally, you can set the new version as the policy's default version. The default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
133 */
134 createPolicyVersion(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreatePolicyVersionResponse, AWSError>;
135 /**
136 * Creates a new role for your AWS account. For more information about roles, go to IAM Roles. For information about limitations on role names and the number of roles you can create, go to Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
137 */
138 createRole(params: IAM.Types.CreateRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateRoleResponse, AWSError>;
139 /**
140 * Creates a new role for your AWS account. For more information about roles, go to IAM Roles. For information about limitations on role names and the number of roles you can create, go to Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
141 */
142 createRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateRoleResponse, AWSError>;
143 /**
144 * Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable federated users who sign in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can create an IAM role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the AWS Management Console or one that supports API access to AWS. When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata document that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. This operation requires Signature Version 4. For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console and About SAML 2.0-based Federation in the IAM User Guide.
145 */
146 createSAMLProvider(params: IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
147 /**
148 * Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable federated users who sign in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can create an IAM role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the AWS Management Console or one that supports API access to AWS. When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata document that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. This operation requires Signature Version 4. For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console and About SAML 2.0-based Federation in the IAM User Guide.
149 */
150 createSAMLProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
151 /**
152 * Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific AWS service. The service controls the attached policies and when the role can be deleted. This helps ensure that the service is not broken by an unexpectedly changed or deleted role, which could put your AWS resources into an unknown state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in the IAM User Guide. To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request using the AWS service that depends on this role.
153 */
154 createServiceLinkedRole(params: IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse, AWSError>;
155 /**
156 * Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific AWS service. The service controls the attached policies and when the role can be deleted. This helps ensure that the service is not broken by an unexpectedly changed or deleted role, which could put your AWS resources into an unknown state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in the IAM User Guide. To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request using the AWS service that depends on this role.
157 */
158 createServiceLinkedRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse, AWSError>;
159 /**
160 * Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service. You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each supported service per user. The only supported service at this time is AWS CodeCommit. You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential. For more information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with AWS CodeCommit: Git Credentials, SSH Keys, and AWS Access Keys in the IAM User Guide.
161 */
162 createServiceSpecificCredential(params: IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse, AWSError>;
163 /**
164 * Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service. You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each supported service per user. The only supported service at this time is AWS CodeCommit. You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential. For more information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with AWS CodeCommit: Git Credentials, SSH Keys, and AWS Access Keys in the IAM User Guide.
165 */
166 createServiceSpecificCredential(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse, AWSError>;
167 /**
168 * Creates a new IAM user for your AWS account. For information about limitations on the number of IAM users you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
169 */
170 createUser(params: IAM.Types.CreateUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateUserResponse, AWSError>;
171 /**
172 * Creates a new IAM user for your AWS account. For information about limitations on the number of IAM users you can create, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
173 */
174 createUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateUserResponse, AWSError>;
175 /**
176 * Creates a new virtual MFA device for the AWS account. After creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of MFA devices you can create, see Limitations on Entities in the IAM User Guide. The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should be treated like any other secret access information. In other words, protect the seed information as you would your AWS access keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures.
177 */
178 createVirtualMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse, AWSError>;
179 /**
180 * Creates a new virtual MFA device for the AWS account. After creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of MFA devices you can create, see Limitations on Entities in the IAM User Guide. The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should be treated like any other secret access information. In other words, protect the seed information as you would your AWS access keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures.
181 */
182 createVirtualMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse, AWSError>;
183 /**
184 * Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Enabling a Virtual Multi-factor Authentication (MFA) Device in the IAM User Guide.
185 */
186 deactivateMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.DeactivateMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
187 /**
188 * Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Enabling a Virtual Multi-factor Authentication (MFA) Device in the IAM User Guide.
189 */
190 deactivateMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
191 /**
192 * Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
193 */
194 deleteAccessKey(params: IAM.Types.DeleteAccessKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
195 /**
196 * Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
197 */
198 deleteAccessKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
199 /**
200 * Deletes the specified AWS account alias. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
201 */
202 deleteAccountAlias(params: IAM.Types.DeleteAccountAliasRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
203 /**
204 * Deletes the specified AWS account alias. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
205 */
206 deleteAccountAlias(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
207 /**
208 * Deletes the password policy for the AWS account. There are no parameters.
209 */
210 deleteAccountPasswordPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
211 /**
212 * Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or have any attached policies.
213 */
214 deleteGroup(params: IAM.Types.DeleteGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
215 /**
216 * Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or have any attached policies.
217 */
218 deleteGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
219 /**
220 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
221 */
222 deleteGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.DeleteGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
223 /**
224 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
225 */
226 deleteGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
227 /**
228 * Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
229 */
230 deleteInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.DeleteInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
231 /**
232 * Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
233 */
234 deleteInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
235 /**
236 * Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing AWS through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.
237 */
238 deleteLoginProfile(params: IAM.Types.DeleteLoginProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
239 /**
240 * Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing AWS through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.
241 */
242 deleteLoginProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
243 /**
244 * Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM. Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference the provider as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a deleted provider fails. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call the operation for a provider that does not exist.
245 */
246 deleteOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
247 /**
248 * Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM. Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference the provider as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a deleted provider fails. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call the operation for a provider that does not exist.
249 */
250 deleteOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
251 /**
252 * Deletes the specified managed policy. Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy: Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, using the DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy API operations. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the process. Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) using this API. For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
253 */
254 deletePolicy(params: IAM.Types.DeletePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
255 /**
256 * Deletes the specified managed policy. Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy: Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, using the DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy API operations. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the process. Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) using this API. For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
257 */
258 deletePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
259 /**
260 * Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this API. To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions. For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
261 */
262 deletePolicyVersion(params: IAM.Types.DeletePolicyVersionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
263 /**
264 * Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this API. To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions. For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
265 */
266 deletePolicyVersion(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
267 /**
268 * Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
269 */
270 deleteRole(params: IAM.Types.DeleteRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
271 /**
272 * Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
273 */
274 deleteRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
275 /**
276 * Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role. Deleting the permissions boundary for a role might increase its permissions. For example, it might allow anyone who assumes the role to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
277 */
278 deleteRolePermissionsBoundary(params: IAM.Types.DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
279 /**
280 * Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role. Deleting the permissions boundary for a role might increase its permissions. For example, it might allow anyone who assumes the role to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
281 */
282 deleteRolePermissionsBoundary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
283 /**
284 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role. A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
285 */
286 deleteRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.DeleteRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
287 /**
288 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role. A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
289 */
290 deleteRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
291 /**
292 * Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM. Deleting the provider resource from IAM does not update any roles that reference the SAML provider resource's ARN as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a non-existent provider resource ARN fails. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
293 */
294 deleteSAMLProvider(params: IAM.Types.DeleteSAMLProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
295 /**
296 * Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM. Deleting the provider resource from IAM does not update any roles that reference the SAML provider resource's ARN as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a non-existent provider resource ARN fails. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
297 */
298 deleteSAMLProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
299 /**
300 * Deletes the specified SSH public key. The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
301 */
302 deleteSSHPublicKey(params: IAM.Types.DeleteSSHPublicKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
303 /**
304 * Deletes the specified SSH public key. The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
305 */
306 deleteSSHPublicKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
307 /**
308 * Deletes the specified server certificate. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. If you are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the certificate could have implications for your application. If Elastic Load Balancing doesn't detect the deletion of bound certificates, it may continue to use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing to stop accepting traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to the certificate from Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to delete the certificate. For more information, go to DeleteLoadBalancerListeners in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference.
309 */
310 deleteServerCertificate(params: IAM.Types.DeleteServerCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
311 /**
312 * Deletes the specified server certificate. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. If you are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the certificate could have implications for your application. If Elastic Load Balancing doesn't detect the deletion of bound certificates, it may continue to use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing to stop accepting traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to the certificate from Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to delete the certificate. For more information, go to DeleteLoadBalancerListeners in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference.
313 */
314 deleteServerCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
315 /**
316 * Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion. Before you call this operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned. If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus API operation returns the reason for the failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete the service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific to the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing resources from a service, see the AWS documentation for your service. For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles Terms and Concepts: AWS Service-Linked Role in the IAM User Guide.
317 */
318 deleteServiceLinkedRole(params: IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse, AWSError>;
319 /**
320 * Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion. Before you call this operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned. If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus API operation returns the reason for the failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete the service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific to the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing resources from a service, see the AWS documentation for your service. For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles Terms and Concepts: AWS Service-Linked Role in the IAM User Guide.
321 */
322 deleteServiceLinkedRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse, AWSError>;
323 /**
324 * Deletes the specified service-specific credential.
325 */
326 deleteServiceSpecificCredential(params: IAM.Types.DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
327 /**
328 * Deletes the specified service-specific credential.
329 */
330 deleteServiceSpecificCredential(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
331 /**
332 * Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated IAM users.
333 */
334 deleteSigningCertificate(params: IAM.Types.DeleteSigningCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
335 /**
336 * Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated IAM users.
337 */
338 deleteSigningCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
339 /**
340 * Deletes the specified IAM user. Unlike the AWS Management Console, when you delete a user programmatically, you must delete the items attached to the user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting an IAM User. Before attempting to delete a user, remove the following items: Password (DeleteLoginProfile) Access keys (DeleteAccessKey) Signing certificate (DeleteSigningCertificate) SSH public key (DeleteSSHPublicKey) Git credentials (DeleteServiceSpecificCredential) Multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (DeactivateMFADevice, DeleteVirtualMFADevice) Inline policies (DeleteUserPolicy) Attached managed policies (DetachUserPolicy) Group memberships (RemoveUserFromGroup)
341 */
342 deleteUser(params: IAM.Types.DeleteUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
343 /**
344 * Deletes the specified IAM user. Unlike the AWS Management Console, when you delete a user programmatically, you must delete the items attached to the user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting an IAM User. Before attempting to delete a user, remove the following items: Password (DeleteLoginProfile) Access keys (DeleteAccessKey) Signing certificate (DeleteSigningCertificate) SSH public key (DeleteSSHPublicKey) Git credentials (DeleteServiceSpecificCredential) Multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (DeactivateMFADevice, DeleteVirtualMFADevice) Inline policies (DeleteUserPolicy) Attached managed policies (DetachUserPolicy) Group memberships (RemoveUserFromGroup)
345 */
346 deleteUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
347 /**
348 * Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user. Deleting the permissions boundary for a user might increase its permissions by allowing the user to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
349 */
350 deleteUserPermissionsBoundary(params: IAM.Types.DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
351 /**
352 * Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user. Deleting the permissions boundary for a user might increase its permissions by allowing the user to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
353 */
354 deleteUserPermissionsBoundary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
355 /**
356 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
357 */
358 deleteUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.DeleteUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
359 /**
360 * Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
361 */
362 deleteUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
363 /**
364 * Deletes a virtual MFA device. You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device before you can delete it. For information about deactivating MFA devices, see DeactivateMFADevice.
365 */
366 deleteVirtualMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.DeleteVirtualMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
367 /**
368 * Deletes a virtual MFA device. You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device before you can delete it. For information about deactivating MFA devices, see DeactivateMFADevice.
369 */
370 deleteVirtualMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
371 /**
372 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteGroupPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
373 */
374 detachGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.DetachGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
375 /**
376 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteGroupPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
377 */
378 detachGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
379 /**
380 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteRolePolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
381 */
382 detachRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.DetachRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
383 /**
384 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteRolePolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
385 */
386 detachRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
387 /**
388 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteUserPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
389 */
390 detachUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.DetachUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
391 /**
392 * Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteUserPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
393 */
394 detachUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
395 /**
396 * Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user. When enabled, the MFA device is required for every subsequent login by the IAM user associated with the device.
397 */
398 enableMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.EnableMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
399 /**
400 * Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user. When enabled, the MFA device is required for every subsequent login by the IAM user associated with the device.
401 */
402 enableMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
403 /**
404 * Generates a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports in the IAM User Guide.
405 */
406 generateCredentialReport(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GenerateCredentialReportResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GenerateCredentialReportResponse, AWSError>;
407 /**
408 * Generates a report for service last accessed data for AWS Organizations. You can generate a report for any entities (organization root, organizational unit, or account) or policies in your organization. To call this operation, you must be signed in using your AWS Organizations master account credentials. You can use your long-term IAM user or root user credentials, or temporary credentials from assuming an IAM role. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have the required IAM and AWS Organizations permissions. For more information, see Refining Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide. You can generate a service last accessed data report for entities by specifying only the entity's path. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by any service control policies (SCPs) that apply to the entity. You can generate a service last accessed data report for a policy by specifying an entity's path and an optional AWS Organizations policy ID. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service in both report types, the data includes the most recent account activity that the policy allows to account principals in the entity or the entity's children. For important information about the data, reporting period, permissions required, troubleshooting, and supported Regions see Reducing Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide. The data includes all attempts to access AWS, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that an account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide. This operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation to check the status of the report generation. To check the status of this request, use the JobId parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation and test the JobStatus response parameter. When the job is complete, you can retrieve the report. To generate a service last accessed data report for entities, specify an entity path without specifying the optional AWS Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned in the report. Root – When you specify the organizations root as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to your root. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization except the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. OU – When you specify an organizational unit (OU) as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the OU and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. Master account – When you specify the master account, the resulting report lists all AWS services, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. For each service, the report includes data for only the master account. Account – When you specify another account as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the account and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account. To generate a service last accessed data report for policies, specify an entity path and the optional AWS Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned for each service. Root – When you specify the root entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization to which the SCP applies. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to any entities in the organization, then the report will return a list of services with no data. OU – When you specify an OU entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children to which the SCP applies. This means that other accounts outside the OU that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to the OU or one of its children, the report will return a list of services with no data. Master account – When you specify the master account, the resulting report lists all AWS services, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If you specify a policy ID in the CLI or API, the policy is ignored. For each service, the report includes data for only the master account. Account – When you specify another account entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account. This means that other accounts in the organization that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. If the SCP is not attached to the account, the report will return a list of services with no data. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a principal could access a service. These other policy types include identity-based policies, resource-based policies, access control lists, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies SCP logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing Policy Scope by Viewing User Activity in the IAM User Guide.
409 */
410 generateOrganizationsAccessReport(params: IAM.Types.GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportResponse, AWSError>;
411 /**
412 * Generates a report for service last accessed data for AWS Organizations. You can generate a report for any entities (organization root, organizational unit, or account) or policies in your organization. To call this operation, you must be signed in using your AWS Organizations master account credentials. You can use your long-term IAM user or root user credentials, or temporary credentials from assuming an IAM role. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have the required IAM and AWS Organizations permissions. For more information, see Refining Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide. You can generate a service last accessed data report for entities by specifying only the entity's path. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by any service control policies (SCPs) that apply to the entity. You can generate a service last accessed data report for a policy by specifying an entity's path and an optional AWS Organizations policy ID. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service in both report types, the data includes the most recent account activity that the policy allows to account principals in the entity or the entity's children. For important information about the data, reporting period, permissions required, troubleshooting, and supported Regions see Reducing Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide. The data includes all attempts to access AWS, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that an account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide. This operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation to check the status of the report generation. To check the status of this request, use the JobId parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation and test the JobStatus response parameter. When the job is complete, you can retrieve the report. To generate a service last accessed data report for entities, specify an entity path without specifying the optional AWS Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned in the report. Root – When you specify the organizations root as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to your root. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization except the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. OU – When you specify an organizational unit (OU) as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the OU and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. Master account – When you specify the master account, the resulting report lists all AWS services, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. For each service, the report includes data for only the master account. Account – When you specify another account as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the account and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account. To generate a service last accessed data report for policies, specify an entity path and the optional AWS Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned for each service. Root – When you specify the root entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization to which the SCP applies. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to any entities in the organization, then the report will return a list of services with no data. OU – When you specify an OU entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children to which the SCP applies. This means that other accounts outside the OU that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to the OU or one of its children, the report will return a list of services with no data. Master account – When you specify the master account, the resulting report lists all AWS services, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If you specify a policy ID in the CLI or API, the policy is ignored. For each service, the report includes data for only the master account. Account – When you specify another account entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account. This means that other accounts in the organization that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. If the SCP is not attached to the account, the report will return a list of services with no data. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a principal could access a service. These other policy types include identity-based policies, resource-based policies, access control lists, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies SCP logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing Policy Scope by Viewing User Activity in the IAM User Guide.
413 */
414 generateOrganizationsAccessReport(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportResponse, AWSError>;
415 /**
416 * Generates a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access AWS services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for the last 365 days, or less if your Region began supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked. The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an AWS API, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that your account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide. The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the following operations to retrieve the following details from your report: GetServiceLastAccessedDetails – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, or policies to list every AWS service that the resource could access using permissions policies. For each service, the response includes information about the most recent access attempt. GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities – Use this operation for groups and policies to list information about the associated entities (users or roles) that attempted to access a specific AWS service. To check the status of the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails request, use the JobId parameter in the same operations and test the JobStatus response parameter. For additional information about the permissions policies that allow an identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing Policy Scope by Viewing User Activity in the IAM User Guide.
417 */
418 generateServiceLastAccessedDetails(params: IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
419 /**
420 * Generates a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access AWS services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for the last 365 days, or less if your Region began supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked. The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an AWS API, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that your account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide. The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the following operations to retrieve the following details from your report: GetServiceLastAccessedDetails – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, or policies to list every AWS service that the resource could access using permissions policies. For each service, the response includes information about the most recent access attempt. GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities – Use this operation for groups and policies to list information about the associated entities (users or roles) that attempted to access a specific AWS service. To check the status of the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails request, use the JobId parameter in the same operations and test the JobStatus response parameter. For additional information about the permissions policies that allow an identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing Policy Scope by Viewing User Activity in the IAM User Guide.
421 */
422 generateServiceLastAccessedDetails(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
423 /**
424 * Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used. The information includes the date and time of last use, along with the AWS service and Region that were specified in the last request made with that key.
425 */
426 getAccessKeyLastUsed(params: IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse, AWSError>;
427 /**
428 * Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used. The information includes the date and time of last use, along with the AWS service and Region that were specified in the last request made with that key.
429 */
430 getAccessKeyLastUsed(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse, AWSError>;
431 /**
432 * Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your AWS account, including their relationships to one another. Use this API to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
433 */
434 getAccountAuthorizationDetails(params: IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
435 /**
436 * Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your AWS account, including their relationships to one another. Use this API to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
437 */
438 getAccountAuthorizationDetails(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
439 /**
440 * Retrieves the password policy for the AWS account. For more information about using a password policy, go to Managing an IAM Password Policy.
441 */
442 getAccountPasswordPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccountPasswordPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccountPasswordPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
443 /**
444 * Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the AWS account. For information about limitations on IAM entities, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
445 */
446 getAccountSummary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetAccountSummaryResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetAccountSummaryResponse, AWSError>;
447 /**
448 * Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. The policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context keys from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value specified in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.
449 */
450 getContextKeysForCustomPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
451 /**
452 * Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. The policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context keys from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value specified in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.
453 */
454 getContextKeysForCustomPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
455 /**
456 * Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the policies attached to groups that the user is a member of. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies, specified as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy.
457 */
458 getContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
459 /**
460 * Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the policies attached to groups that the user is a member of. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies, specified as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy.
461 */
462 getContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
463 /**
464 * Retrieves a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports in the IAM User Guide.
465 */
466 getCredentialReport(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetCredentialReportResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetCredentialReportResponse, AWSError>;
467 /**
468 * Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
469 */
470 getGroup(params: IAM.Types.GetGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetGroupResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetGroupResponse, AWSError>;
471 /**
472 * Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
473 */
474 getGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetGroupResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetGroupResponse, AWSError>;
475 /**
476 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
477 */
478 getGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
479 /**
480 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
481 */
482 getGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetGroupPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
483 /**
484 * Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about instance profiles, see About Instance Profiles in the IAM User Guide.
485 */
486 getInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
487 /**
488 * Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about instance profiles, see About Instance Profiles in the IAM User Guide.
489 */
490 getInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
491 /**
492 * Retrieves the user name and password-creation date for the specified IAM user. If the user has not been assigned a password, the operation returns a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error.
493 */
494 getLoginProfile(params: IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileResponse, AWSError>;
495 /**
496 * Retrieves the user name and password-creation date for the specified IAM user. If the user has not been assigned a password, the operation returns a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error.
497 */
498 getLoginProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetLoginProfileResponse, AWSError>;
499 /**
500 * Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM.
501 */
502 getOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse, AWSError>;
503 /**
504 * Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM.
505 */
506 getOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse, AWSError>;
507 /**
508 * Retrieves the service last accessed data report for AWS Organizations that was previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and the report contents. Depending on the parameters that you passed when you generated the report, the data returned could include different information. For details, see GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport. To call this operation, you must be signed in to the master account in your organization. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have permissions to perform this operation. For more information, see Refining Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide. For each service that principals in an account (root users, IAM users, or IAM roles) could access using SCPs, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, it returns the reason that it failed. By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
509 */
510 getOrganizationsAccessReport(params: IAM.Types.GetOrganizationsAccessReportRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetOrganizationsAccessReportResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetOrganizationsAccessReportResponse, AWSError>;
511 /**
512 * Retrieves the service last accessed data report for AWS Organizations that was previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and the report contents. Depending on the parameters that you passed when you generated the report, the data returned could include different information. For details, see GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport. To call this operation, you must be signed in to the master account in your organization. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have permissions to perform this operation. For more information, see Refining Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide. For each service that principals in an account (root users, IAM users, or IAM roles) could access using SCPs, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, it returns the reason that it failed. By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
513 */
514 getOrganizationsAccessReport(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetOrganizationsAccessReportResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetOrganizationsAccessReportResponse, AWSError>;
515 /**
516 * Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. This API returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion. This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
517 */
518 getPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
519 /**
520 * Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. This API returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion. This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
521 */
522 getPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
523 /**
524 * Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions. This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. For more information about the types of policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
525 */
526 getPolicyVersion(params: IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionResponse, AWSError>;
527 /**
528 * Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions. This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. For more information about the types of policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
529 */
530 getPolicyVersion(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyVersionResponse, AWSError>;
531 /**
532 * Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. For more information about roles, see Working with Roles. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
533 */
534 getRole(params: IAM.Types.GetRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse, AWSError>;
535 /**
536 * Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. For more information about roles, see Working with Roles. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
537 */
538 getRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse, AWSError>;
539 /**
540 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about roles, see Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
541 */
542 getRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
543 /**
544 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For more information about roles, see Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
545 */
546 getRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRolePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
547 /**
548 * Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
549 */
550 getSAMLProvider(params: IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
551 /**
552 * Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
553 */
554 getSAMLProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
555 /**
556 * Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key. The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
557 */
558 getSSHPublicKey(params: IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyResponse, AWSError>;
559 /**
560 * Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key. The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
561 */
562 getSSHPublicKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetSSHPublicKeyResponse, AWSError>;
563 /**
564 * Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
565 */
566 getServerCertificate(params: IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
567 /**
568 * Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
569 */
570 getServerCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServerCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
571 /**
572 * Retrieves a service last accessed report that was created using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. You can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetails to retrieve the status of your report job. When the report is complete, you can retrieve the generated report. The report includes a list of AWS services that the resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) can access. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns the reason that it failed. The GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services. This list includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service and the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the following entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the report: User – Returns the user ARN that you used to generate the report Group – Returns the ARN of the group member (user) that last attempted to access the service Role – Returns the role ARN that you used to generate the report Policy – Returns the ARN of the user or role that last used the policy to attempt to access the service By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
573 */
574 getServiceLastAccessedDetails(params: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
575 /**
576 * Retrieves a service last accessed report that was created using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. You can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetails to retrieve the status of your report job. When the report is complete, you can retrieve the generated report. The report includes a list of AWS services that the resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) can access. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns the reason that it failed. The GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services. This list includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service and the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the following entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the report: User – Returns the user ARN that you used to generate the report Group – Returns the ARN of the group member (user) that last attempted to access the service Role – Returns the role ARN that you used to generate the report Policy – Returns the ARN of the user or role that last used the policy to attempt to access the service By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
577 */
578 getServiceLastAccessedDetails(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse, AWSError>;
579 /**
580 * After you generate a group or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of entities that could have used group or policy permissions to access the specified service. Group – For a group report, this operation returns a list of users in the group that could have used the group’s policies in an attempt to access the service. Policy – For a policy report, this operation returns a list of entities (users or roles) that could have used the policy in an attempt to access the service. You can also use this operation for user or role reports to retrieve details about those entities. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation returns the reason that it failed. By default, the list of associated entities is sorted by date, with the most recent access listed first.
581 */
582 getServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities(params: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse, AWSError>;
583 /**
584 * After you generate a group or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of entities that could have used group or policy permissions to access the specified service. Group – For a group report, this operation returns a list of users in the group that could have used the group’s policies in an attempt to access the service. Policy – For a policy report, this operation returns a list of entities (users or roles) that could have used the policy in an attempt to access the service. You can also use this operation for user or role reports to retrieve details about those entities. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation returns the reason that it failed. By default, the list of associated entities is sorted by date, with the most recent access listed first.
585 */
586 getServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse, AWSError>;
587 /**
588 * Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use the DeleteServiceLinkedRole API operation to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service.
589 */
590 getServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus(params: IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse, AWSError>;
591 /**
592 * Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use the DeleteServiceLinkedRole API operation to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service.
593 */
594 getServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse, AWSError>;
595 /**
596 * Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this API.
597 */
598 getUser(params: IAM.Types.GetUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserResponse, AWSError>;
599 /**
600 * Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this API.
601 */
602 getUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserResponse, AWSError>;
603 /**
604 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version. Then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
605 */
606 getUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
607 /**
608 * Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version. Then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
609 */
610 getUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
611 /**
612 * Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation.
613 */
614 listAccessKeys(params: IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysResponse, AWSError>;
615 /**
616 * Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation.
617 */
618 listAccessKeys(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAccessKeysResponse, AWSError>;
619 /**
620 * Lists the account alias associated with the AWS account (Note: you can have only one). For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
621 */
622 listAccountAliases(params: IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesResponse, AWSError>;
623 /**
624 * Lists the account alias associated with the AWS account (Note: you can have only one). For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
625 */
626 listAccountAliases(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAccountAliasesResponse, AWSError>;
627 /**
628 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a group, use the ListGroupPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
629 */
630 listAttachedGroupPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
631 /**
632 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a group, use the ListGroupPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
633 */
634 listAttachedGroupPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
635 /**
636 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a role, use the ListRolePolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
637 */
638 listAttachedRolePolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
639 /**
640 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a role, use the ListRolePolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
641 */
642 listAttachedRolePolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
643 /**
644 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a user, use the ListUserPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
645 */
646 listAttachedUserPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
647 /**
648 * Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a user, use the ListUserPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
649 */
650 listAttachedUserPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
651 /**
652 * Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to. You can use the optional EntityFilter parameter to limit the results to a particular type of entity (users, groups, or roles). For example, to list only the roles that are attached to the specified policy, set EntityFilter to Role. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
653 */
654 listEntitiesForPolicy(params: IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
655 /**
656 * Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to. You can use the optional EntityFilter parameter to limit the results to a particular type of entity (users, groups, or roles). For example, to list only the roles that are attached to the specified policy, set EntityFilter to Role. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
657 */
658 listEntitiesForPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
659 /**
660 * Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the operation returns an empty list.
661 */
662 listGroupPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
663 /**
664 * Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the operation returns an empty list.
665 */
666 listGroupPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
667 /**
668 * Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
669 */
670 listGroups(params: IAM.Types.ListGroupsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupsResponse, AWSError>;
671 /**
672 * Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
673 */
674 listGroups(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupsResponse, AWSError>;
675 /**
676 * Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
677 */
678 listGroupsForUser(params: IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserResponse, AWSError>;
679 /**
680 * Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
681 */
682 listGroupsForUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListGroupsForUserResponse, AWSError>;
683 /**
684 * Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
685 */
686 listInstanceProfiles(params: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesResponse, AWSError>;
687 /**
688 * Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
689 */
690 listInstanceProfiles(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesResponse, AWSError>;
691 /**
692 * Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
693 */
694 listInstanceProfilesForRole(params: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse, AWSError>;
695 /**
696 * Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
697 */
698 listInstanceProfilesForRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse, AWSError>;
699 /**
700 * Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this API. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
701 */
702 listMFADevices(params: IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesResponse, AWSError>;
703 /**
704 * Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this API. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
705 */
706 listMFADevices(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListMFADevicesResponse, AWSError>;
707 /**
708 * Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the AWS account.
709 */
710 listOpenIDConnectProviders(params: IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse, AWSError>;
711 /**
712 * Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the AWS account.
713 */
714 listOpenIDConnectProviders(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse, AWSError>;
715 /**
716 * Lists all the managed policies that are available in your AWS account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all AWS managed policies. You can filter the list of policies that is returned using the optional OnlyAttached, Scope, and PathPrefix parameters. For example, to list only the customer managed policies in your AWS account, set Scope to Local. To list only AWS managed policies, set Scope to AWS. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
717 */
718 listPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
719 /**
720 * Lists all the managed policies that are available in your AWS account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all AWS managed policies. You can filter the list of policies that is returned using the optional OnlyAttached, Scope, and PathPrefix parameters. For example, to list only the customer managed policies in your AWS account, set Scope to Local. To list only AWS managed policies, set Scope to AWS. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
721 */
722 listPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
723 /**
724 * Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service. This operation does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the identity that you provide. User – The list of policies includes the managed and inline policies that are attached to the user directly. The list also includes any additional managed and inline policies that are attached to the group to which the user belongs. Group – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the group directly. Policies that are attached to the group’s user are not included. Role – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the role. For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. For each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which it is attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are not returned. To view which managed policy is currently used to set the permissions boundary for a user or role, use the GetUser or GetRole operations.
725 */
726 listPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess(params: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse, AWSError>;
727 /**
728 * Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service. This operation does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide. The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the identity that you provide. User – The list of policies includes the managed and inline policies that are attached to the user directly. The list also includes any additional managed and inline policies that are attached to the group to which the user belongs. Group – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the group directly. Policies that are attached to the group’s user are not included. Role – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the role. For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. For each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which it is attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are not returned. To view which managed policy is currently used to set the permissions boundary for a user or role, use the GetUser or GetRole operations.
729 */
730 listPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse, AWSError>;
731 /**
732 * Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
733 */
734 listPolicyVersions(params: IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsResponse, AWSError>;
735 /**
736 * Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
737 */
738 listPolicyVersions(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListPolicyVersionsResponse, AWSError>;
739 /**
740 * Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the operation returns an empty list.
741 */
742 listRolePolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
743 /**
744 * Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the operation returns an empty list.
745 */
746 listRolePolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRolePoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
747 /**
748 * Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
749 */
750 listRoleTags(params: IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsResponse, AWSError>;
751 /**
752 * Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
753 */
754 listRoleTags(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRoleTagsResponse, AWSError>;
755 /**
756 * Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
757 */
758 listRoles(params: IAM.Types.ListRolesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRolesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRolesResponse, AWSError>;
759 /**
760 * Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
761 */
762 listRoles(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListRolesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListRolesResponse, AWSError>;
763 /**
764 * Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
765 */
766 listSAMLProviders(params: IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersResponse, AWSError>;
767 /**
768 * Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
769 */
770 listSAMLProviders(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSAMLProvidersResponse, AWSError>;
771 /**
772 * Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
773 */
774 listSSHPublicKeys(params: IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysResponse, AWSError>;
775 /**
776 * Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
777 */
778 listSSHPublicKeys(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSSHPublicKeysResponse, AWSError>;
779 /**
780 * Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
781 */
782 listServerCertificates(params: IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesResponse, AWSError>;
783 /**
784 * Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
785 */
786 listServerCertificates(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListServerCertificatesResponse, AWSError>;
787 /**
788 * Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an AWS service, see Set Up service-specific credentials in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
789 */
790 listServiceSpecificCredentials(params: IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse, AWSError>;
791 /**
792 * Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an AWS service, see Set Up service-specific credentials in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
793 */
794 listServiceSpecificCredentials(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse, AWSError>;
795 /**
796 * Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request for this API. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
797 */
798 listSigningCertificates(params: IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesResponse, AWSError>;
799 /**
800 * Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request for this API. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
801 */
802 listSigningCertificates(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListSigningCertificatesResponse, AWSError>;
803 /**
804 * Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the operation returns an empty list.
805 */
806 listUserPolicies(params: IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
807 /**
808 * Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the operation returns an empty list.
809 */
810 listUserPolicies(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUserPoliciesResponse, AWSError>;
811 /**
812 * Lists the tags that are attached to the specified user. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
813 */
814 listUserTags(params: IAM.Types.ListUserTagsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUserTagsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUserTagsResponse, AWSError>;
815 /**
816 * Lists the tags that are attached to the specified user. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
817 */
818 listUserTags(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUserTagsResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUserTagsResponse, AWSError>;
819 /**
820 * Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is specified, the operation returns all users in the AWS account. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
821 */
822 listUsers(params: IAM.Types.ListUsersRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUsersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUsersResponse, AWSError>;
823 /**
824 * Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is specified, the operation returns all users in the AWS account. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
825 */
826 listUsers(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListUsersResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListUsersResponse, AWSError>;
827 /**
828 * Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the AWS account by assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or Any. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
829 */
830 listVirtualMFADevices(params: IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse, AWSError>;
831 /**
832 * Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the AWS account by assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or Any. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
833 */
834 listVirtualMFADevices(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse, AWSError>;
835 /**
836 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a group, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
837 */
838 putGroupPolicy(params: IAM.Types.PutGroupPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
839 /**
840 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a group, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
841 */
842 putGroupPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
843 /**
844 * Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role. You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role. Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
845 */
846 putRolePermissionsBoundary(params: IAM.Types.PutRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
847 /**
848 * Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role. You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role. Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
849 */
850 putRolePermissionsBoundary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
851 /**
852 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role. When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as part of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. For more information about IAM roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities. A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed with a role, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
853 */
854 putRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.PutRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
855 /**
856 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role. When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as part of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. For more information about IAM roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities. A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed with a role, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
857 */
858 putRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
859 /**
860 * Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user. Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
861 */
862 putUserPermissionsBoundary(params: IAM.Types.PutUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
863 /**
864 * Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user. Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
865 */
866 putUserPermissionsBoundary(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
867 /**
868 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a user, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
869 */
870 putUserPolicy(params: IAM.Types.PutUserPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
871 /**
872 * Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide. For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a user, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
873 */
874 putUserPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
875 /**
876 * Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you try to remove a client ID that does not exist.
877 */
878 removeClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider(params: IAM.Types.RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
879 /**
880 * Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you try to remove a client ID that does not exist.
881 */
882 removeClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
883 /**
884 * Removes the specified IAM role from the specified EC2 instance profile. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to remove from the instance profile. Removing a role from an instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break any applications running on the instance. For more information about IAM roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
885 */
886 removeRoleFromInstanceProfile(params: IAM.Types.RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
887 /**
888 * Removes the specified IAM role from the specified EC2 instance profile. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to remove from the instance profile. Removing a role from an instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break any applications running on the instance. For more information about IAM roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
889 */
890 removeRoleFromInstanceProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
891 /**
892 * Removes the specified user from the specified group.
893 */
894 removeUserFromGroup(params: IAM.Types.RemoveUserFromGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
895 /**
896 * Removes the specified user from the specified group.
897 */
898 removeUserFromGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
899 /**
900 * Resets the password for a service-specific credential. The new password is AWS generated and cryptographically strong. It cannot be configured by the user. Resetting the password immediately invalidates the previous password associated with this user.
901 */
902 resetServiceSpecificCredential(params: IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse, AWSError>;
903 /**
904 * Resets the password for a service-specific credential. The new password is AWS generated and cryptographically strong. It cannot be configured by the user. Resetting the password immediately invalidates the previous password associated with this user.
905 */
906 resetServiceSpecificCredential(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse, AWSError>;
907 /**
908 * Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the AWS servers. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide.
909 */
910 resyncMFADevice(params: IAM.Types.ResyncMFADeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
911 /**
912 * Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the AWS servers. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide.
913 */
914 resyncMFADevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
915 /**
916 * Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version. This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
917 */
918 setDefaultPolicyVersion(params: IAM.Types.SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
919 /**
920 * Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version. This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
921 */
922 setDefaultPolicyVersion(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
923 /**
924 * Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version used for the AWS account. By default, AWS Security Token Service (STS) is available as a global service, and all STS requests go to a single endpoint at https://sts.amazonaws.com. AWS recommends using Regional STS endpoints to reduce latency, build in redundancy, and increase session token availability. For information about Regional endpoints for STS, see AWS Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference. If you make an STS call to the global endpoint, the resulting session tokens might be valid in some Regions but not others. It depends on the version that is set in this operation. Version 1 tokens are valid only in AWS Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see Activating and Deactivating STS in an AWS Region in the IAM User Guide. To view the current session token version, see the GlobalEndpointTokenVersion entry in the response of the GetAccountSummary operation.
925 */
926 setSecurityTokenServicePreferences(params: IAM.Types.SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
927 /**
928 * Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version used for the AWS account. By default, AWS Security Token Service (STS) is available as a global service, and all STS requests go to a single endpoint at https://sts.amazonaws.com. AWS recommends using Regional STS endpoints to reduce latency, build in redundancy, and increase session token availability. For information about Regional endpoints for STS, see AWS Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference. If you make an STS call to the global endpoint, the resulting session tokens might be valid in some Regions but not others. It depends on the version that is set in this operation. Version 1 tokens are valid only in AWS Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see Activating and Deactivating STS in an AWS Region in the IAM User Guide. To view the current session token version, see the GlobalEndpointTokenVersion entry in the response of the GetAccountSummary operation.
929 */
930 setSecurityTokenServicePreferences(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
931 /**
932 * Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. If you want to simulate existing policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead. Context keys are variables that are maintained by AWS and its services and which provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy. If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
933 */
934 simulateCustomPolicy(params: IAM.Types.SimulateCustomPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
935 /**
936 * Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. If you want to simulate existing policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead. Context keys are variables that are maintained by AWS and its services and which provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy. If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
937 */
938 simulateCustomPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
939 /**
940 * Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached to groups that the user belongs to. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be evaluated with each of the resources included in the simulation. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
941 */
942 simulatePrincipalPolicy(params: IAM.Types.SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
943 /**
944 * Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached to groups that the user belongs to. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be evaluated with each of the resources included in the simulation. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
945 */
946 simulatePrincipalPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.SimulatePolicyResponse, AWSError>;
947 /**
948 * Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200. Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM user or role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide. Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources. Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
949 */
950 tagRole(params: IAM.Types.TagRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
951 /**
952 * Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200. Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM user or role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide. Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources. Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
953 */
954 tagRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
955 /**
956 * Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200. Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user or to a role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide. Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources. Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
957 */
958 tagUser(params: IAM.Types.TagUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
959 /**
960 * Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200. Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user or to a role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide. Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources. Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
961 */
962 tagUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
963 /**
964 * Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
965 */
966 untagRole(params: IAM.Types.UntagRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
967 /**
968 * Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
969 */
970 untagRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
971 /**
972 * Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
973 */
974 untagUser(params: IAM.Types.UntagUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
975 /**
976 * Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
977 */
978 untagUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
979 /**
980 * Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key rotation workflow. If the UserName is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. For information about rotating keys, see Managing Keys and Certificates in the IAM User Guide.
981 */
982 updateAccessKey(params: IAM.Types.UpdateAccessKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
983 /**
984 * Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key rotation workflow. If the UserName is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. For information about rotating keys, see Managing Keys and Certificates in the IAM User Guide.
985 */
986 updateAccessKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
987 /**
988 * Updates the password policy settings for the AWS account. This operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, but if you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its default value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default value. Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, do not include that parameter when you invoke the operation. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM Password Policy in the IAM User Guide.
989 */
990 updateAccountPasswordPolicy(params: IAM.Types.UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
991 /**
992 * Updates the password policy settings for the AWS account. This operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, but if you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its default value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default value. Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, do not include that parameter when you invoke the operation. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM Password Policy in the IAM User Guide.
993 */
994 updateAccountPasswordPolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
995 /**
996 * Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information about roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
997 */
998 updateAssumeRolePolicy(params: IAM.Types.UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
999 /**
1000 * Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information about roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
1001 */
1002 updateAssumeRolePolicy(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1003 /**
1004 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For more information, see Renaming Users and Groups in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the role group with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the group named Managers to MGRs, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management.
1005 */
1006 updateGroup(params: IAM.Types.UpdateGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1007 /**
1008 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For more information, see Renaming Users and Groups in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the role group with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the group named Managers to MGRs, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management.
1009 */
1010 updateGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1011 /**
1012 * Changes the password for the specified IAM user. IAM users can change their own passwords by calling ChangePassword. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
1013 */
1014 updateLoginProfile(params: IAM.Types.UpdateLoginProfileRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1015 /**
1016 * Changes the password for the specified IAM user. IAM users can change their own passwords by calling ChangePassword. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
1017 */
1018 updateLoginProfile(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1019 /**
1020 * Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints. The list that you pass with this operation completely replaces the existing list of thumbprints. (The lists are not merged.) Typically, you need to update a thumbprint only when the identity provider's certificate changes, which occurs rarely. However, if the provider's certificate does change, any attempt to assume an IAM role that specifies the OIDC provider as a principal fails until the certificate thumbprint is updated. Trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the provider's certificate and is validated by the thumbprint. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint operation to highly privileged users.
1021 */
1022 updateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint(params: IAM.Types.UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1023 /**
1024 * Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints. The list that you pass with this operation completely replaces the existing list of thumbprints. (The lists are not merged.) Typically, you need to update a thumbprint only when the identity provider's certificate changes, which occurs rarely. However, if the provider's certificate does change, any attempt to assume an IAM role that specifies the OIDC provider as a principal fails until the certificate thumbprint is updated. Trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the provider's certificate and is validated by the thumbprint. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint operation to highly privileged users.
1025 */
1026 updateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1027 /**
1028 * Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role.
1029 */
1030 updateRole(params: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateRoleResponse, AWSError>;
1031 /**
1032 * Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role.
1033 */
1034 updateRole(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateRoleResponse, AWSError>;
1035 /**
1036 * Use UpdateRole instead. Modifies only the description of a role. This operation performs the same function as the Description parameter in the UpdateRole operation.
1037 */
1038 updateRoleDescription(params: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse, AWSError>;
1039 /**
1040 * Use UpdateRole instead. Modifies only the description of a role. This operation performs the same function as the Description parameter in the UpdateRole operation.
1041 */
1042 updateRoleDescription(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse, AWSError>;
1043 /**
1044 * Updates the metadata document for an existing SAML provider resource object. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
1045 */
1046 updateSAMLProvider(params: IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
1047 /**
1048 * Updates the metadata document for an existing SAML provider resource object. This operation requires Signature Version 4.
1049 */
1050 updateSAMLProvider(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UpdateSAMLProviderResponse, AWSError>;
1051 /**
1052 * Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work flow. The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
1053 */
1054 updateSSHPublicKey(params: IAM.Types.UpdateSSHPublicKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1055 /**
1056 * Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work flow. The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
1057 */
1058 updateSSHPublicKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1059 /**
1060 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path or name. For more information, see Renaming a Server Certificate in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the server certificate with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert certificate, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management in the IAM User Guide.
1061 */
1062 updateServerCertificate(params: IAM.Types.UpdateServerCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1063 /**
1064 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path or name. For more information, see Renaming a Server Certificate in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the server certificate with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert certificate, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management in the IAM User Guide.
1065 */
1066 updateServerCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1067 /**
1068 * Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive. Service-specific credentials that are inactive cannot be used for authentication to the service. This operation can be used to disable a user's service-specific credential as part of a credential rotation work flow.
1069 */
1070 updateServiceSpecificCredential(params: IAM.Types.UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1071 /**
1072 * Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive. Service-specific credentials that are inactive cannot be used for authentication to the service. This operation can be used to disable a user's service-specific credential as part of a credential rotation work flow.
1073 */
1074 updateServiceSpecificCredential(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1075 /**
1076 * Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable an IAM user's signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
1077 */
1078 updateSigningCertificate(params: IAM.Types.UpdateSigningCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1079 /**
1080 * Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable an IAM user's signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
1081 */
1082 updateSigningCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1083 /**
1084 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM User and Renaming an IAM Group in the IAM User Guide. To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on both the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see Permissions and Policies.
1085 */
1086 updateUser(params: IAM.Types.UpdateUserRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1087 /**
1088 * Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM User and Renaming an IAM Group in the IAM User Guide. To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on both the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see Permissions and Policies.
1089 */
1090 updateUser(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
1091 /**
1092 * Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user. The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
1093 */
1094 uploadSSHPublicKey(params: IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse, AWSError>;
1095 /**
1096 * Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user. The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
1097 */
1098 uploadSSHPublicKey(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse, AWSError>;
1099 /**
1100 * Uploads a server certificate entity for the AWS account. The server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded. We recommend that you use AWS Certificate Manager to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. With ACM you can request a certificate, deploy it to AWS resources, and let ACM handle certificate renewals for you. Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more information about using ACM, see the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see Limitations on IAM Entities and Objects in the IAM User Guide. Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadServerCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Calling the API by Making HTTP Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
1101 */
1102 uploadServerCertificate(params: IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
1103 /**
1104 * Uploads a server certificate entity for the AWS account. The server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded. We recommend that you use AWS Certificate Manager to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. With ACM you can request a certificate, deploy it to AWS resources, and let ACM handle certificate renewals for you. Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more information about using ACM, see the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see Limitations on IAM Entities and Objects in the IAM User Guide. Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadServerCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Calling the API by Making HTTP Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
1105 */
1106 uploadServerCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadServerCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
1107 /**
1108 * Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM user. Some AWS services use X.509 signing certificates to validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, its default status is Active. If the UserName is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
1109 */
1110 uploadSigningCertificate(params: IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
1111 /**
1112 * Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM user. Some AWS services use X.509 signing certificates to validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, its default status is Active. If the UserName is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
1113 */
1114 uploadSigningCertificate(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.UploadSigningCertificateResponse, AWSError>;
1115 /**
1116 * Waits for the instanceProfileExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getInstanceProfileoperation every 1 seconds (at most 40 times).
1117 */
1118 waitFor(state: "instanceProfileExists", params: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
1119 /**
1120 * Waits for the instanceProfileExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getInstanceProfileoperation every 1 seconds (at most 40 times).
1121 */
1122 waitFor(state: "instanceProfileExists", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetInstanceProfileResponse, AWSError>;
1123 /**
1124 * Waits for the userExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getUseroperation every 1 seconds (at most 20 times).
1125 */
1126 waitFor(state: "userExists", params: IAM.Types.GetUserRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserResponse, AWSError>;
1127 /**
1128 * Waits for the userExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getUseroperation every 1 seconds (at most 20 times).
1129 */
1130 waitFor(state: "userExists", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetUserResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetUserResponse, AWSError>;
1131 /**
1132 * Waits for the roleExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getRoleoperation every 1 seconds (at most 20 times).
1133 */
1134 waitFor(state: "roleExists", params: IAM.Types.GetRoleRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse, AWSError>;
1135 /**
1136 * Waits for the roleExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getRoleoperation every 1 seconds (at most 20 times).
1137 */
1138 waitFor(state: "roleExists", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetRoleResponse, AWSError>;
1139 /**
1140 * Waits for the policyExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getPolicyoperation every 1 seconds (at most 20 times).
1141 */
1142 waitFor(state: "policyExists", params: IAM.Types.GetPolicyRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
1143 /**
1144 * Waits for the policyExists state by periodically calling the underlying IAM.getPolicyoperation every 1 seconds (at most 20 times).
1145 */
1146 waitFor(state: "policyExists", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse) => void): Request<IAM.Types.GetPolicyResponse, AWSError>;
1147}
1148declare namespace IAM {
1149 export interface AccessDetail {
1150 /**
1151 * The name of the service in which access was attempted.
1152 */
1153 ServiceName: serviceNameType;
1154 /**
1155 * The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1156 */
1157 ServiceNamespace: serviceNamespaceType;
1158 /**
1159 * The Region where the last service access attempt occurred. This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
1160 */
1161 Region?: stringType;
1162 /**
1163 * The path of the Organizations entity (root, organizational unit, or account) from which an authenticated principal last attempted to access the service. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null if no principals (IAM users, IAM roles, or root users) in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
1164 */
1165 EntityPath?: organizationsEntityPathType;
1166 /**
1167 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated principal most recently attempted to access the service. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
1168 */
1169 LastAuthenticatedTime?: dateType;
1170 /**
1171 * The number of accounts with authenticated principals (root users, IAM users, and IAM roles) that attempted to access the service in the reporting period.
1172 */
1173 TotalAuthenticatedEntities?: integerType;
1174 }
1175 export type AccessDetails = AccessDetail[];
1176 export interface AccessKey {
1177 /**
1178 * The name of the IAM user that the access key is associated with.
1179 */
1180 UserName: userNameType;
1181 /**
1182 * The ID for this access key.
1183 */
1184 AccessKeyId: accessKeyIdType;
1185 /**
1186 * The status of the access key. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
1187 */
1188 Status: statusType;
1189 /**
1190 * The secret key used to sign requests.
1191 */
1192 SecretAccessKey: accessKeySecretType;
1193 /**
1194 * The date when the access key was created.
1195 */
1196 CreateDate?: dateType;
1197 }
1198 export interface AccessKeyLastUsed {
1199 /**
1200 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the access key was most recently used. This field is null in the following situations: The user does not have an access key. An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this information. There is no sign-in data associated with the user.
1201 */
1202 LastUsedDate: dateType;
1203 /**
1204 * The name of the AWS service with which this access key was most recently used. The value of this field is "N/A" in the following situations: The user does not have an access key. An access key exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information. There is no sign-in data associated with the user.
1205 */
1206 ServiceName: stringType;
1207 /**
1208 * The AWS Region where this access key was most recently used. The value for this field is "N/A" in the following situations: The user does not have an access key. An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this information. There is no sign-in data associated with the user. For more information about AWS Regions, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
1209 */
1210 Region: stringType;
1211 }
1212 export interface AccessKeyMetadata {
1213 /**
1214 * The name of the IAM user that the key is associated with.
1215 */
1216 UserName?: userNameType;
1217 /**
1218 * The ID for this access key.
1219 */
1220 AccessKeyId?: accessKeyIdType;
1221 /**
1222 * The status of the access key. Active means that the key is valid for API calls; Inactive means it is not.
1223 */
1224 Status?: statusType;
1225 /**
1226 * The date when the access key was created.
1227 */
1228 CreateDate?: dateType;
1229 }
1230 export type ActionNameListType = ActionNameType[];
1231 export type ActionNameType = string;
1232 export interface AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
1233 /**
1234 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource to add the client ID to. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
1235 */
1236 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
1237 /**
1238 * The client ID (also known as audience) to add to the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource.
1239 */
1240 ClientID: clientIDType;
1241 }
1242 export interface AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest {
1243 /**
1244 * The name of the instance profile to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1245 */
1246 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
1247 /**
1248 * The name of the role to add. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1249 */
1250 RoleName: roleNameType;
1251 }
1252 export interface AddUserToGroupRequest {
1253 /**
1254 * The name of the group to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1255 */
1256 GroupName: groupNameType;
1257 /**
1258 * The name of the user to add. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1259 */
1260 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1261 }
1262 export type ArnListType = arnType[];
1263 export interface AttachGroupPolicyRequest {
1264 /**
1265 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to attach the policy to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1266 */
1267 GroupName: groupNameType;
1268 /**
1269 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1270 */
1271 PolicyArn: arnType;
1272 }
1273 export interface AttachRolePolicyRequest {
1274 /**
1275 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to attach the policy to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1276 */
1277 RoleName: roleNameType;
1278 /**
1279 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1280 */
1281 PolicyArn: arnType;
1282 }
1283 export interface AttachUserPolicyRequest {
1284 /**
1285 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to attach the policy to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1286 */
1287 UserName: userNameType;
1288 /**
1289 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1290 */
1291 PolicyArn: arnType;
1292 }
1293 export interface AttachedPermissionsBoundary {
1294 /**
1295 * The permissions boundary usage type that indicates what type of IAM resource is used as the permissions boundary for an entity. This data type can only have a value of Policy.
1296 */
1297 PermissionsBoundaryType?: PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType;
1298 /**
1299 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user or role.
1300 */
1301 PermissionsBoundaryArn?: arnType;
1302 }
1303 export interface AttachedPolicy {
1304 /**
1305 * The friendly name of the attached policy.
1306 */
1307 PolicyName?: policyNameType;
1308 PolicyArn?: arnType;
1309 }
1310 export type BootstrapDatum = Buffer|Uint8Array|Blob|string;
1311 export interface ChangePasswordRequest {
1312 /**
1313 * The IAM user's current password.
1314 */
1315 OldPassword: passwordType;
1316 /**
1317 * The new password. The new password must conform to the AWS account's password policy, if one exists. The regex pattern that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That string can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range (\u00FF). You can also include the tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) characters. Any of these characters are valid in a password. However, many tools, such as the AWS Management Console, might restrict the ability to type certain characters because they have special meaning within that tool.
1318 */
1319 NewPassword: passwordType;
1320 }
1321 export type ColumnNumber = number;
1322 export interface ContextEntry {
1323 /**
1324 * The full name of a condition context key, including the service prefix. For example, aws:SourceIp or s3:VersionId.
1325 */
1326 ContextKeyName?: ContextKeyNameType;
1327 /**
1328 * The value (or values, if the condition context key supports multiple values) to provide to the simulation when the key is referenced by a Condition element in an input policy.
1329 */
1330 ContextKeyValues?: ContextKeyValueListType;
1331 /**
1332 * The data type of the value (or values) specified in the ContextKeyValues parameter.
1333 */
1334 ContextKeyType?: ContextKeyTypeEnum;
1335 }
1336 export type ContextEntryListType = ContextEntry[];
1337 export type ContextKeyNameType = string;
1338 export type ContextKeyNamesResultListType = ContextKeyNameType[];
1339 export type ContextKeyTypeEnum = "string"|"stringList"|"numeric"|"numericList"|"boolean"|"booleanList"|"ip"|"ipList"|"binary"|"binaryList"|"date"|"dateList"|string;
1340 export type ContextKeyValueListType = ContextKeyValueType[];
1341 export type ContextKeyValueType = string;
1342 export interface CreateAccessKeyRequest {
1343 /**
1344 * The name of the IAM user that the new key will belong to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1345 */
1346 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
1347 }
1348 export interface CreateAccessKeyResponse {
1349 /**
1350 * A structure with details about the access key.
1351 */
1352 AccessKey: AccessKey;
1353 }
1354 export interface CreateAccountAliasRequest {
1355 /**
1356 * The account alias to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row.
1357 */
1358 AccountAlias: accountAliasType;
1359 }
1360 export interface CreateGroupRequest {
1361 /**
1362 * The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1363 */
1364 Path?: pathType;
1365 /**
1366 * The name of the group to create. Do not include the path in this value. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
1367 */
1368 GroupName: groupNameType;
1369 }
1370 export interface CreateGroupResponse {
1371 /**
1372 * A structure containing details about the new group.
1373 */
1374 Group: Group;
1375 }
1376 export interface CreateInstanceProfileRequest {
1377 /**
1378 * The name of the instance profile to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1379 */
1380 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
1381 /**
1382 * The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1383 */
1384 Path?: pathType;
1385 }
1386 export interface CreateInstanceProfileResponse {
1387 /**
1388 * A structure containing details about the new instance profile.
1389 */
1390 InstanceProfile: InstanceProfile;
1391 }
1392 export interface CreateLoginProfileRequest {
1393 /**
1394 * The name of the IAM user to create a password for. The user must already exist. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1395 */
1396 UserName: userNameType;
1397 /**
1398 * The new password for the user. The regex pattern that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That string can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range (\u00FF). You can also include the tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) characters. Any of these characters are valid in a password. However, many tools, such as the AWS Management Console, might restrict the ability to type certain characters because they have special meaning within that tool.
1399 */
1400 Password: passwordType;
1401 /**
1402 * Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in.
1403 */
1404 PasswordResetRequired?: booleanType;
1405 }
1406 export interface CreateLoginProfileResponse {
1407 /**
1408 * A structure containing the user name and password create date.
1409 */
1410 LoginProfile: LoginProfile;
1411 }
1412 export interface CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
1413 /**
1414 * The URL of the identity provider. The URL must begin with https:// and should correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OpenID Connect ID tokens. Per the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org or https://example.com. You cannot register the same provider multiple times in a single AWS account. If you try to submit a URL that has already been used for an OpenID Connect provider in the AWS account, you will get an error.
1415 */
1416 Url: OpenIDConnectProviderUrlType;
1417 /**
1418 * A list of client IDs (also known as audiences). When a mobile or web app registers with an OpenID Connect provider, they establish a value that identifies the application. (This is the value that's sent as the client_id parameter on OAuth requests.) You can register multiple client IDs with the same provider. For example, you might have multiple applications that use the same OIDC provider. You cannot register more than 100 client IDs with a single IAM OIDC provider. There is no defined format for a client ID. The CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest operation accepts client IDs up to 255 characters long.
1419 */
1420 ClientIDList?: clientIDListType;
1421 /**
1422 * A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry. However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This lets you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is rotating certificates. The server certificate thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the X.509 certificate used by the domain where the OpenID Connect provider makes its keys available. It is always a 40-character string. You must provide at least one thumbprint when creating an IAM OIDC provider. For example, assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com and the provider stores its keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. In that case, the thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the certificate used by https://keys.server.example.com. For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider's thumbprint, see Obtaining the Thumbprint for an OpenID Connect Provider in the IAM User Guide.
1423 */
1424 ThumbprintList: thumbprintListType;
1425 }
1426 export interface CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse {
1427 /**
1428 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new IAM OpenID Connect provider that is created. For more information, see OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry.
1429 */
1430 OpenIDConnectProviderArn?: arnType;
1431 }
1432 export interface CreatePolicyRequest {
1433 /**
1434 * The friendly name of the policy. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
1435 */
1436 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1437 /**
1438 * The path for the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1439 */
1440 Path?: policyPathType;
1441 /**
1442 * The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for the new policy. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for AWS CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
1443 */
1444 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
1445 /**
1446 * A friendly description of the policy. Typically used to store information about the permissions defined in the policy. For example, "Grants access to production DynamoDB tables." The policy description is immutable. After a value is assigned, it cannot be changed.
1447 */
1448 Description?: policyDescriptionType;
1449 }
1450 export interface CreatePolicyResponse {
1451 /**
1452 * A structure containing details about the new policy.
1453 */
1454 Policy?: Policy;
1455 }
1456 export interface CreatePolicyVersionRequest {
1457 /**
1458 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy to which you want to add a new version. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1459 */
1460 PolicyArn: arnType;
1461 /**
1462 * The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for this new version of the policy. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for AWS CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
1463 */
1464 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
1465 /**
1466 * Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version. When this parameter is true, the new policy version becomes the operative version. That is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
1467 */
1468 SetAsDefault?: booleanType;
1469 }
1470 export interface CreatePolicyVersionResponse {
1471 /**
1472 * A structure containing details about the new policy version.
1473 */
1474 PolicyVersion?: PolicyVersion;
1475 }
1476 export interface CreateRoleRequest {
1477 /**
1478 * The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1479 */
1480 Path?: pathType;
1481 /**
1482 * The name of the role to create. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
1483 */
1484 RoleName: roleNameType;
1485 /**
1486 * The trust relationship policy document that grants an entity permission to assume the role. In IAM, you must provide a JSON policy that has been converted to a string. However, for AWS CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) Upon success, the response includes the same trust policy in JSON format.
1487 */
1488 AssumeRolePolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
1489 /**
1490 * A description of the role.
1491 */
1492 Description?: roleDescriptionType;
1493 /**
1494 * The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. Anyone who assumes the role from the AWS CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles in the IAM User Guide.
1495 */
1496 MaxSessionDuration?: roleMaxSessionDurationType;
1497 /**
1498 * The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
1499 */
1500 PermissionsBoundary?: arnType;
1501 /**
1502 * A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed number of tags per role, then the entire request fails and the role is not created.
1503 */
1504 Tags?: tagListType;
1505 }
1506 export interface CreateRoleResponse {
1507 /**
1508 * A structure containing details about the new role.
1509 */
1510 Role: Role;
1511 }
1512 export interface CreateSAMLProviderRequest {
1513 /**
1514 * An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based Federation in the IAM User Guide
1515 */
1516 SAMLMetadataDocument: SAMLMetadataDocumentType;
1517 /**
1518 * The name of the provider to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1519 */
1520 Name: SAMLProviderNameType;
1521 }
1522 export interface CreateSAMLProviderResponse {
1523 /**
1524 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new SAML provider resource in IAM.
1525 */
1526 SAMLProviderArn?: arnType;
1527 }
1528 export interface CreateServiceLinkedRoleRequest {
1529 /**
1530 * The service principal for the AWS service to which this role is attached. You use a string similar to a URL but without the http:// in front. For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com. Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find the exact service principal for your service-linked role, see AWS Services That Work with IAM in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation for that service.
1531 */
1532 AWSServiceName: groupNameType;
1533 /**
1534 * The description of the role.
1535 */
1536 Description?: roleDescriptionType;
1537 /**
1538 * A string that you provide, which is combined with the service-provided prefix to form the complete role name. If you make multiple requests for the same service, then you must supply a different CustomSuffix for each request. Otherwise the request fails with a duplicate role name error. For example, you could add -1 or -debug to the suffix. Some services do not support the CustomSuffix parameter. If you provide an optional suffix and the operation fails, try the operation again without the suffix.
1539 */
1540 CustomSuffix?: customSuffixType;
1541 }
1542 export interface CreateServiceLinkedRoleResponse {
1543 /**
1544 * A Role object that contains details about the newly created role.
1545 */
1546 Role?: Role;
1547 }
1548 export interface CreateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest {
1549 /**
1550 * The name of the IAM user that is to be associated with the credentials. The new service-specific credentials have the same permissions as the associated user except that they can be used only to access the specified service. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1551 */
1552 UserName: userNameType;
1553 /**
1554 * The name of the AWS service that is to be associated with the credentials. The service you specify here is the only service that can be accessed using these credentials.
1555 */
1556 ServiceName: serviceName;
1557 }
1558 export interface CreateServiceSpecificCredentialResponse {
1559 /**
1560 * A structure that contains information about the newly created service-specific credential. This is the only time that the password for this credential set is available. It cannot be recovered later. Instead, you must reset the password with ResetServiceSpecificCredential.
1561 */
1562 ServiceSpecificCredential?: ServiceSpecificCredential;
1563 }
1564 export interface CreateUserRequest {
1565 /**
1566 * The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1567 */
1568 Path?: pathType;
1569 /**
1570 * The name of the user to create. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
1571 */
1572 UserName: userNameType;
1573 /**
1574 * The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
1575 */
1576 PermissionsBoundary?: arnType;
1577 /**
1578 * A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed number of tags per user, then the entire request fails and the user is not created.
1579 */
1580 Tags?: tagListType;
1581 }
1582 export interface CreateUserResponse {
1583 /**
1584 * A structure with details about the new IAM user.
1585 */
1586 User?: User;
1587 }
1588 export interface CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest {
1589 /**
1590 * The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
1591 */
1592 Path?: pathType;
1593 /**
1594 * The name of the virtual MFA device. Use with path to uniquely identify a virtual MFA device. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1595 */
1596 VirtualMFADeviceName: virtualMFADeviceName;
1597 }
1598 export interface CreateVirtualMFADeviceResponse {
1599 /**
1600 * A structure containing details about the new virtual MFA device.
1601 */
1602 VirtualMFADevice: VirtualMFADevice;
1603 }
1604 export interface DeactivateMFADeviceRequest {
1605 /**
1606 * The name of the user whose MFA device you want to deactivate. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1607 */
1608 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1609 /**
1610 * The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
1611 */
1612 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
1613 }
1614 export interface DeleteAccessKeyRequest {
1615 /**
1616 * The name of the user whose access key pair you want to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1617 */
1618 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
1619 /**
1620 * The access key ID for the access key ID and secret access key you want to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
1621 */
1622 AccessKeyId: accessKeyIdType;
1623 }
1624 export interface DeleteAccountAliasRequest {
1625 /**
1626 * The name of the account alias to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row.
1627 */
1628 AccountAlias: accountAliasType;
1629 }
1630 export interface DeleteGroupPolicyRequest {
1631 /**
1632 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group that the policy is embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1633 */
1634 GroupName: groupNameType;
1635 /**
1636 * The name identifying the policy document to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1637 */
1638 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1639 }
1640 export interface DeleteGroupRequest {
1641 /**
1642 * The name of the IAM group to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1643 */
1644 GroupName: groupNameType;
1645 }
1646 export interface DeleteInstanceProfileRequest {
1647 /**
1648 * The name of the instance profile to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1649 */
1650 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
1651 }
1652 export interface DeleteLoginProfileRequest {
1653 /**
1654 * The name of the user whose password you want to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1655 */
1656 UserName: userNameType;
1657 }
1658 export interface DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
1659 /**
1660 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource object to delete. You can get a list of OpenID Connect provider resource ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
1661 */
1662 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
1663 }
1664 export interface DeletePolicyRequest {
1665 /**
1666 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1667 */
1668 PolicyArn: arnType;
1669 }
1670 export interface DeletePolicyVersionRequest {
1671 /**
1672 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy from which you want to delete a version. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1673 */
1674 PolicyArn: arnType;
1675 /**
1676 * The policy version to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
1677 */
1678 VersionId: policyVersionIdType;
1679 }
1680 export interface DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest {
1681 /**
1682 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role from which you want to remove the permissions boundary.
1683 */
1684 RoleName: roleNameType;
1685 }
1686 export interface DeleteRolePolicyRequest {
1687 /**
1688 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role that the policy is embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1689 */
1690 RoleName: roleNameType;
1691 /**
1692 * The name of the inline policy to delete from the specified IAM role. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1693 */
1694 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1695 }
1696 export interface DeleteRoleRequest {
1697 /**
1698 * The name of the role to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1699 */
1700 RoleName: roleNameType;
1701 }
1702 export interface DeleteSAMLProviderRequest {
1703 /**
1704 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to delete.
1705 */
1706 SAMLProviderArn: arnType;
1707 }
1708 export interface DeleteSSHPublicKeyRequest {
1709 /**
1710 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1711 */
1712 UserName: userNameType;
1713 /**
1714 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
1715 */
1716 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
1717 }
1718 export interface DeleteServerCertificateRequest {
1719 /**
1720 * The name of the server certificate you want to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1721 */
1722 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
1723 }
1724 export interface DeleteServiceLinkedRoleRequest {
1725 /**
1726 * The name of the service-linked role to be deleted.
1727 */
1728 RoleName: roleNameType;
1729 }
1730 export interface DeleteServiceLinkedRoleResponse {
1731 /**
1732 * The deletion task identifier that you can use to check the status of the deletion. This identifier is returned in the format task/aws-service-role/&lt;service-principal-name&gt;/&lt;role-name&gt;/&lt;task-uuid&gt;.
1733 */
1734 DeletionTaskId: DeletionTaskIdType;
1735 }
1736 export interface DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialRequest {
1737 /**
1738 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1739 */
1740 UserName?: userNameType;
1741 /**
1742 * The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. You can get this value by calling ListServiceSpecificCredentials. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
1743 */
1744 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
1745 }
1746 export interface DeleteSigningCertificateRequest {
1747 /**
1748 * The name of the user the signing certificate belongs to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1749 */
1750 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
1751 /**
1752 * The ID of the signing certificate to delete. The format of this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string of characters that can be upper- or lower-cased letters or digits.
1753 */
1754 CertificateId: certificateIdType;
1755 }
1756 export interface DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest {
1757 /**
1758 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user from which you want to remove the permissions boundary.
1759 */
1760 UserName: userNameType;
1761 }
1762 export interface DeleteUserPolicyRequest {
1763 /**
1764 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user that the policy is embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1765 */
1766 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1767 /**
1768 * The name identifying the policy document to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1769 */
1770 PolicyName: policyNameType;
1771 }
1772 export interface DeleteUserRequest {
1773 /**
1774 * The name of the user to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1775 */
1776 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1777 }
1778 export interface DeleteVirtualMFADeviceRequest {
1779 /**
1780 * The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
1781 */
1782 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
1783 }
1784 export interface DeletionTaskFailureReasonType {
1785 /**
1786 * A short description of the reason that the service-linked role deletion failed.
1787 */
1788 Reason?: ReasonType;
1789 /**
1790 * A list of objects that contains details about the service-linked role deletion failure, if that information is returned by the service. If the service-linked role has active sessions or if any resources that were used by the role have not been deleted from the linked service, the role can't be deleted. This parameter includes a list of the resources that are associated with the role and the Region in which the resources are being used.
1791 */
1792 RoleUsageList?: RoleUsageListType;
1793 }
1794 export type DeletionTaskIdType = string;
1795 export type DeletionTaskStatusType = "SUCCEEDED"|"IN_PROGRESS"|"FAILED"|"NOT_STARTED"|string;
1796 export interface DetachGroupPolicyRequest {
1797 /**
1798 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM group to detach the policy from. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1799 */
1800 GroupName: groupNameType;
1801 /**
1802 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1803 */
1804 PolicyArn: arnType;
1805 }
1806 export interface DetachRolePolicyRequest {
1807 /**
1808 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role to detach the policy from. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1809 */
1810 RoleName: roleNameType;
1811 /**
1812 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1813 */
1814 PolicyArn: arnType;
1815 }
1816 export interface DetachUserPolicyRequest {
1817 /**
1818 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to detach the policy from. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1819 */
1820 UserName: userNameType;
1821 /**
1822 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
1823 */
1824 PolicyArn: arnType;
1825 }
1826 export interface EnableMFADeviceRequest {
1827 /**
1828 * The name of the IAM user for whom you want to enable the MFA device. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
1829 */
1830 UserName: existingUserNameType;
1831 /**
1832 * The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
1833 */
1834 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
1835 /**
1836 * An authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a string of six digits. Submit your request immediately after generating the authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user but the MFA device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can resync the device.
1837 */
1838 AuthenticationCode1: authenticationCodeType;
1839 /**
1840 * A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a string of six digits. Submit your request immediately after generating the authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user but the MFA device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can resync the device.
1841 */
1842 AuthenticationCode2: authenticationCodeType;
1843 }
1844 export interface EntityDetails {
1845 /**
1846 * The EntityInfo object that contains details about the entity (user or role).
1847 */
1848 EntityInfo: EntityInfo;
1849 /**
1850 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the authenticated entity last attempted to access AWS. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
1851 */
1852 LastAuthenticated?: dateType;
1853 }
1854 export interface EntityInfo {
1855 Arn: arnType;
1856 /**
1857 * The name of the entity (user or role).
1858 */
1859 Name: userNameType;
1860 /**
1861 * The type of entity (user or role).
1862 */
1863 Type: policyOwnerEntityType;
1864 /**
1865 * The identifier of the entity (user or role).
1866 */
1867 Id: idType;
1868 /**
1869 * The path to the entity (user or role). For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
1870 */
1871 Path?: pathType;
1872 }
1873 export type EntityType = "User"|"Role"|"Group"|"LocalManagedPolicy"|"AWSManagedPolicy"|string;
1874 export interface ErrorDetails {
1875 /**
1876 * Detailed information about the reason that the operation failed.
1877 */
1878 Message: stringType;
1879 /**
1880 * The error code associated with the operation failure.
1881 */
1882 Code: stringType;
1883 }
1884 export type EvalDecisionDetailsType = {[key: string]: PolicyEvaluationDecisionType};
1885 export type EvalDecisionSourceType = string;
1886 export interface EvaluationResult {
1887 /**
1888 * The name of the API operation tested on the indicated resource.
1889 */
1890 EvalActionName: ActionNameType;
1891 /**
1892 * The ARN of the resource that the indicated API operation was tested on.
1893 */
1894 EvalResourceName?: ResourceNameType;
1895 /**
1896 * The result of the simulation.
1897 */
1898 EvalDecision: PolicyEvaluationDecisionType;
1899 /**
1900 * A list of the statements in the input policies that determine the result for this scenario. Remember that even if multiple statements allow the operation on the resource, if only one statement denies that operation, then the explicit deny overrides any allow. In addition, the deny statement is the only entry included in the result.
1901 */
1902 MatchedStatements?: StatementListType;
1903 /**
1904 * A list of context keys that are required by the included input policies but that were not provided by one of the input parameters. This list is used when the resource in a simulation is "*", either explicitly, or when the ResourceArns parameter blank. If you include a list of resources, then any missing context values are instead included under the ResourceSpecificResults section. To discover the context keys used by a set of policies, you can call GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy or GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.
1905 */
1906 MissingContextValues?: ContextKeyNamesResultListType;
1907 /**
1908 * A structure that details how Organizations and its service control policies affect the results of the simulation. Only applies if the simulated user's account is part of an organization.
1909 */
1910 OrganizationsDecisionDetail?: OrganizationsDecisionDetail;
1911 /**
1912 * Contains information about the effect that a permissions boundary has on a policy simulation when the boundary is applied to an IAM entity.
1913 */
1914 PermissionsBoundaryDecisionDetail?: PermissionsBoundaryDecisionDetail;
1915 /**
1916 * Additional details about the results of the cross-account evaluation decision. This parameter is populated for only cross-account simulations. It contains a brief summary of how each policy type contributes to the final evaluation decision. If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and includes a resource ARN, then the parameter is present but the response is empty. If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and specifies all resources (*), then the parameter is not returned. When you make a cross-account request, AWS evaluates the request in the trusting account and the trusted account. The request is allowed only if both evaluations return true. For more information about how policies are evaluated, see Evaluating Policies Within a Single Account. If an AWS Organizations SCP included in the evaluation denies access, the simulation ends. In this case, policy evaluation does not proceed any further and this parameter is not returned.
1917 */
1918 EvalDecisionDetails?: EvalDecisionDetailsType;
1919 /**
1920 * The individual results of the simulation of the API operation specified in EvalActionName on each resource.
1921 */
1922 ResourceSpecificResults?: ResourceSpecificResultListType;
1923 }
1924 export type EvaluationResultsListType = EvaluationResult[];
1925 export interface GenerateCredentialReportResponse {
1926 /**
1927 * Information about the state of the credential report.
1928 */
1929 State?: ReportStateType;
1930 /**
1931 * Information about the credential report.
1932 */
1933 Description?: ReportStateDescriptionType;
1934 }
1935 export interface GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest {
1936 /**
1937 * The path of the AWS Organizations entity (root, OU, or account). You can build an entity path using the known structure of your organization. For example, assume that your account ID is 123456789012 and its parent OU ID is ou-rge0-awsabcde. The organization root ID is r-f6g7h8i9j0example and your organization ID is o-a1b2c3d4e5. Your entity path is o-a1b2c3d4e5/r-f6g7h8i9j0example/ou-rge0-awsabcde/123456789012.
1938 */
1939 EntityPath: organizationsEntityPathType;
1940 /**
1941 * The identifier of the AWS Organizations service control policy (SCP). This parameter is optional. This ID is used to generate information about when an account principal that is limited by the SCP attempted to access an AWS service.
1942 */
1943 OrganizationsPolicyId?: organizationsPolicyIdType;
1944 }
1945 export interface GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportResponse {
1946 /**
1947 * The job identifier that you can use in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation.
1948 */
1949 JobId?: jobIDType;
1950 }
1951 export interface GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest {
1952 /**
1953 * The ARN of the IAM resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) used to generate information about when the resource was last used in an attempt to access an AWS service.
1954 */
1955 Arn: arnType;
1956 }
1957 export interface GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse {
1958 /**
1959 * The job ID that you can use in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails or GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operations.
1960 */
1961 JobId?: jobIDType;
1962 }
1963 export interface GetAccessKeyLastUsedRequest {
1964 /**
1965 * The identifier of an access key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
1966 */
1967 AccessKeyId: accessKeyIdType;
1968 }
1969 export interface GetAccessKeyLastUsedResponse {
1970 /**
1971 * The name of the AWS IAM user that owns this access key.
1972 */
1973 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
1974 /**
1975 * Contains information about the last time the access key was used.
1976 */
1977 AccessKeyLastUsed?: AccessKeyLastUsed;
1978 }
1979 export interface GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsRequest {
1980 /**
1981 * A list of entity types used to filter the results. Only the entities that match the types you specify are included in the output. Use the value LocalManagedPolicy to include customer managed policies. The format for this parameter is a comma-separated (if more than one) list of strings. Each string value in the list must be one of the valid values listed below.
1982 */
1983 Filter?: entityListType;
1984 /**
1985 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
1986 */
1987 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
1988 /**
1989 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
1990 */
1991 Marker?: markerType;
1992 }
1993 export interface GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse {
1994 /**
1995 * A list containing information about IAM users.
1996 */
1997 UserDetailList?: userDetailListType;
1998 /**
1999 * A list containing information about IAM groups.
2000 */
2001 GroupDetailList?: groupDetailListType;
2002 /**
2003 * A list containing information about IAM roles.
2004 */
2005 RoleDetailList?: roleDetailListType;
2006 /**
2007 * A list containing information about managed policies.
2008 */
2009 Policies?: ManagedPolicyDetailListType;
2010 /**
2011 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2012 */
2013 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2014 /**
2015 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2016 */
2017 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2018 }
2019 export interface GetAccountPasswordPolicyResponse {
2020 /**
2021 * A structure that contains details about the account's password policy.
2022 */
2023 PasswordPolicy: PasswordPolicy;
2024 }
2025 export interface GetAccountSummaryResponse {
2026 /**
2027 * A set of key–value pairs containing information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas.
2028 */
2029 SummaryMap?: summaryMapType;
2030 }
2031 export interface GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyRequest {
2032 /**
2033 * A list of policies for which you want the list of context keys referenced in those policies. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
2034 */
2035 PolicyInputList: SimulationPolicyListType;
2036 }
2037 export interface GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse {
2038 /**
2039 * The list of context keys that are referenced in the input policies.
2040 */
2041 ContextKeyNames?: ContextKeyNamesResultListType;
2042 }
2043 export interface GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest {
2044 /**
2045 * The ARN of a user, group, or role whose policies contain the context keys that you want listed. If you specify a user, the list includes context keys that are found in all policies that are attached to the user. The list also includes all groups that the user is a member of. If you pick a group or a role, then it includes only those context keys that are found in policies attached to that entity. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity, but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2046 */
2047 PolicySourceArn: arnType;
2048 /**
2049 * An optional list of additional policies for which you want the list of context keys that are referenced. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
2050 */
2051 PolicyInputList?: SimulationPolicyListType;
2052 }
2053 export interface GetCredentialReportResponse {
2054 /**
2055 * Contains the credential report. The report is Base64-encoded.
2056 */
2057 Content?: ReportContentType;
2058 /**
2059 * The format (MIME type) of the credential report.
2060 */
2061 ReportFormat?: ReportFormatType;
2062 /**
2063 * The date and time when the credential report was created, in ISO 8601 date-time format.
2064 */
2065 GeneratedTime?: dateType;
2066 }
2067 export interface GetGroupPolicyRequest {
2068 /**
2069 * The name of the group the policy is associated with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2070 */
2071 GroupName: groupNameType;
2072 /**
2073 * The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2074 */
2075 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2076 }
2077 export interface GetGroupPolicyResponse {
2078 /**
2079 * The group the policy is associated with.
2080 */
2081 GroupName: groupNameType;
2082 /**
2083 * The name of the policy.
2084 */
2085 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2086 /**
2087 * The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that were created using AWS CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.
2088 */
2089 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
2090 }
2091 export interface GetGroupRequest {
2092 /**
2093 * The name of the group. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2094 */
2095 GroupName: groupNameType;
2096 /**
2097 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2098 */
2099 Marker?: markerType;
2100 /**
2101 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2102 */
2103 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2104 }
2105 export interface GetGroupResponse {
2106 /**
2107 * A structure that contains details about the group.
2108 */
2109 Group: Group;
2110 /**
2111 * A list of users in the group.
2112 */
2113 Users: userListType;
2114 /**
2115 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2116 */
2117 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2118 /**
2119 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2120 */
2121 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2122 }
2123 export interface GetInstanceProfileRequest {
2124 /**
2125 * The name of the instance profile to get information about. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2126 */
2127 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
2128 }
2129 export interface GetInstanceProfileResponse {
2130 /**
2131 * A structure containing details about the instance profile.
2132 */
2133 InstanceProfile: InstanceProfile;
2134 }
2135 export interface GetLoginProfileRequest {
2136 /**
2137 * The name of the user whose login profile you want to retrieve. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2138 */
2139 UserName: userNameType;
2140 }
2141 export interface GetLoginProfileResponse {
2142 /**
2143 * A structure containing the user name and password create date for the user.
2144 */
2145 LoginProfile: LoginProfile;
2146 }
2147 export interface GetOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
2148 /**
2149 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OIDC provider resource object in IAM to get information for. You can get a list of OIDC provider resource ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2150 */
2151 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
2152 }
2153 export interface GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse {
2154 /**
2155 * The URL that the IAM OIDC provider resource object is associated with. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
2156 */
2157 Url?: OpenIDConnectProviderUrlType;
2158 /**
2159 * A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that are associated with the specified IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
2160 */
2161 ClientIDList?: clientIDListType;
2162 /**
2163 * A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
2164 */
2165 ThumbprintList?: thumbprintListType;
2166 /**
2167 * The date and time when the IAM OIDC provider resource object was created in the AWS account.
2168 */
2169 CreateDate?: dateType;
2170 }
2171 export interface GetOrganizationsAccessReportRequest {
2172 /**
2173 * The identifier of the request generated by the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation.
2174 */
2175 JobId: jobIDType;
2176 /**
2177 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2178 */
2179 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2180 /**
2181 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2182 */
2183 Marker?: markerType;
2184 /**
2185 * The key that is used to sort the results. If you choose the namespace key, the results are returned in alphabetical order. If you choose the time key, the results are sorted numerically by the date and time.
2186 */
2187 SortKey?: sortKeyType;
2188 }
2189 export interface GetOrganizationsAccessReportResponse {
2190 /**
2191 * The status of the job.
2192 */
2193 JobStatus: jobStatusType;
2194 /**
2195 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the report job was created.
2196 */
2197 JobCreationDate: dateType;
2198 /**
2199 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the generated report job was completed or failed. This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job status value of IN_PROGRESS.
2200 */
2201 JobCompletionDate?: dateType;
2202 /**
2203 * The number of services that the applicable SCPs allow account principals to access.
2204 */
2205 NumberOfServicesAccessible?: integerType;
2206 /**
2207 * The number of services that account principals are allowed but did not attempt to access.
2208 */
2209 NumberOfServicesNotAccessed?: integerType;
2210 /**
2211 * An object that contains details about the most recent attempt to access the service.
2212 */
2213 AccessDetails?: AccessDetails;
2214 /**
2215 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2216 */
2217 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2218 /**
2219 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2220 */
2221 Marker?: markerType;
2222 ErrorDetails?: ErrorDetails;
2223 }
2224 export interface GetPolicyRequest {
2225 /**
2226 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2227 */
2228 PolicyArn: arnType;
2229 }
2230 export interface GetPolicyResponse {
2231 /**
2232 * A structure containing details about the policy.
2233 */
2234 Policy?: Policy;
2235 }
2236 export interface GetPolicyVersionRequest {
2237 /**
2238 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2239 */
2240 PolicyArn: arnType;
2241 /**
2242 * Identifies the policy version to retrieve. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits.
2243 */
2244 VersionId: policyVersionIdType;
2245 }
2246 export interface GetPolicyVersionResponse {
2247 /**
2248 * A structure containing details about the policy version.
2249 */
2250 PolicyVersion?: PolicyVersion;
2251 }
2252 export interface GetRolePolicyRequest {
2253 /**
2254 * The name of the role associated with the policy. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2255 */
2256 RoleName: roleNameType;
2257 /**
2258 * The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2259 */
2260 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2261 }
2262 export interface GetRolePolicyResponse {
2263 /**
2264 * The role the policy is associated with.
2265 */
2266 RoleName: roleNameType;
2267 /**
2268 * The name of the policy.
2269 */
2270 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2271 /**
2272 * The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that were created using AWS CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.
2273 */
2274 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
2275 }
2276 export interface GetRoleRequest {
2277 /**
2278 * The name of the IAM role to get information about. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2279 */
2280 RoleName: roleNameType;
2281 }
2282 export interface GetRoleResponse {
2283 /**
2284 * A structure containing details about the IAM role.
2285 */
2286 Role: Role;
2287 }
2288 export interface GetSAMLProviderRequest {
2289 /**
2290 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider resource object in IAM to get information about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2291 */
2292 SAMLProviderArn: arnType;
2293 }
2294 export interface GetSAMLProviderResponse {
2295 /**
2296 * The XML metadata document that includes information about an identity provider.
2297 */
2298 SAMLMetadataDocument?: SAMLMetadataDocumentType;
2299 /**
2300 * The date and time when the SAML provider was created.
2301 */
2302 CreateDate?: dateType;
2303 /**
2304 * The expiration date and time for the SAML provider.
2305 */
2306 ValidUntil?: dateType;
2307 }
2308 export interface GetSSHPublicKeyRequest {
2309 /**
2310 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2311 */
2312 UserName: userNameType;
2313 /**
2314 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
2315 */
2316 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
2317 /**
2318 * Specifies the public key encoding format to use in the response. To retrieve the public key in ssh-rsa format, use SSH. To retrieve the public key in PEM format, use PEM.
2319 */
2320 Encoding: encodingType;
2321 }
2322 export interface GetSSHPublicKeyResponse {
2323 /**
2324 * A structure containing details about the SSH public key.
2325 */
2326 SSHPublicKey?: SSHPublicKey;
2327 }
2328 export interface GetServerCertificateRequest {
2329 /**
2330 * The name of the server certificate you want to retrieve information about. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2331 */
2332 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
2333 }
2334 export interface GetServerCertificateResponse {
2335 /**
2336 * A structure containing details about the server certificate.
2337 */
2338 ServerCertificate: ServerCertificate;
2339 }
2340 export interface GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest {
2341 /**
2342 * The ID of the request generated by the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation.
2343 */
2344 JobId: jobIDType;
2345 /**
2346 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2347 */
2348 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2349 /**
2350 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2351 */
2352 Marker?: markerType;
2353 }
2354 export interface GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsResponse {
2355 /**
2356 * The status of the job.
2357 */
2358 JobStatus: jobStatusType;
2359 /**
2360 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the report job was created.
2361 */
2362 JobCreationDate: dateType;
2363 /**
2364 * A ServiceLastAccessed object that contains details about the most recent attempt to access the service.
2365 */
2366 ServicesLastAccessed: ServicesLastAccessed;
2367 /**
2368 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the generated report job was completed or failed. This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job status value of IN_PROGRESS.
2369 */
2370 JobCompletionDate: dateType;
2371 /**
2372 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2373 */
2374 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2375 /**
2376 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2377 */
2378 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2379 /**
2380 * An object that contains details about the reason the operation failed.
2381 */
2382 Error?: ErrorDetails;
2383 }
2384 export interface GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesRequest {
2385 /**
2386 * The ID of the request generated by the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation.
2387 */
2388 JobId: jobIDType;
2389 /**
2390 * The service namespace for an AWS service. Provide the service namespace to learn when the IAM entity last attempted to access the specified service. To learn the service namespace for a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2391 */
2392 ServiceNamespace: serviceNamespaceType;
2393 /**
2394 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2395 */
2396 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2397 /**
2398 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2399 */
2400 Marker?: markerType;
2401 }
2402 export interface GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesResponse {
2403 /**
2404 * The status of the job.
2405 */
2406 JobStatus: jobStatusType;
2407 /**
2408 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the report job was created.
2409 */
2410 JobCreationDate: dateType;
2411 /**
2412 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the generated report job was completed or failed. This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job status value of IN_PROGRESS.
2413 */
2414 JobCompletionDate: dateType;
2415 /**
2416 * An EntityDetailsList object that contains details about when an IAM entity (user or role) used group or policy permissions in an attempt to access the specified AWS service.
2417 */
2418 EntityDetailsList: entityDetailsListType;
2419 /**
2420 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2421 */
2422 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2423 /**
2424 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2425 */
2426 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2427 /**
2428 * An object that contains details about the reason the operation failed.
2429 */
2430 Error?: ErrorDetails;
2431 }
2432 export interface GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusRequest {
2433 /**
2434 * The deletion task identifier. This identifier is returned by the DeleteServiceLinkedRole operation in the format task/aws-service-role/&lt;service-principal-name&gt;/&lt;role-name&gt;/&lt;task-uuid&gt;.
2435 */
2436 DeletionTaskId: DeletionTaskIdType;
2437 }
2438 export interface GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusResponse {
2439 /**
2440 * The status of the deletion.
2441 */
2442 Status: DeletionTaskStatusType;
2443 /**
2444 * An object that contains details about the reason the deletion failed.
2445 */
2446 Reason?: DeletionTaskFailureReasonType;
2447 }
2448 export interface GetUserPolicyRequest {
2449 /**
2450 * The name of the user who the policy is associated with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2451 */
2452 UserName: existingUserNameType;
2453 /**
2454 * The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2455 */
2456 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2457 }
2458 export interface GetUserPolicyResponse {
2459 /**
2460 * The user the policy is associated with.
2461 */
2462 UserName: existingUserNameType;
2463 /**
2464 * The name of the policy.
2465 */
2466 PolicyName: policyNameType;
2467 /**
2468 * The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that were created using AWS CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.
2469 */
2470 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
2471 }
2472 export interface GetUserRequest {
2473 /**
2474 * The name of the user to get information about. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to the user making the request. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2475 */
2476 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
2477 }
2478 export interface GetUserResponse {
2479 /**
2480 * A structure containing details about the IAM user. Due to a service issue, password last used data does not include password use from May 3, 2018 22:50 PDT to May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT. This affects last sign-in dates shown in the IAM console and password last used dates in the IAM credential report, and returned by this GetUser API. If users signed in during the affected time, the password last used date that is returned is the date the user last signed in before May 3, 2018. For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT, the returned password last used date is accurate. You can use password last used information to identify unused credentials for deletion. For example, you might delete users who did not sign in to AWS in the last 90 days. In cases like this, we recommend that you adjust your evaluation window to include dates after May 23, 2018. Alternatively, if your users use access keys to access AWS programmatically you can refer to access key last used information because it is accurate for all dates.
2481 */
2482 User: User;
2483 }
2484 export interface Group {
2485 /**
2486 * The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
2487 */
2488 Path: pathType;
2489 /**
2490 * The friendly name that identifies the group.
2491 */
2492 GroupName: groupNameType;
2493 /**
2494 * The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
2495 */
2496 GroupId: idType;
2497 /**
2498 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the group. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
2499 */
2500 Arn: arnType;
2501 /**
2502 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the group was created.
2503 */
2504 CreateDate: dateType;
2505 }
2506 export interface GroupDetail {
2507 /**
2508 * The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
2509 */
2510 Path?: pathType;
2511 /**
2512 * The friendly name that identifies the group.
2513 */
2514 GroupName?: groupNameType;
2515 /**
2516 * The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
2517 */
2518 GroupId?: idType;
2519 Arn?: arnType;
2520 /**
2521 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the group was created.
2522 */
2523 CreateDate?: dateType;
2524 /**
2525 * A list of the inline policies embedded in the group.
2526 */
2527 GroupPolicyList?: policyDetailListType;
2528 /**
2529 * A list of the managed policies attached to the group.
2530 */
2531 AttachedManagedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
2532 }
2533 export interface InstanceProfile {
2534 /**
2535 * The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
2536 */
2537 Path: pathType;
2538 /**
2539 * The name identifying the instance profile.
2540 */
2541 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
2542 /**
2543 * The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
2544 */
2545 InstanceProfileId: idType;
2546 /**
2547 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance profile. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
2548 */
2549 Arn: arnType;
2550 /**
2551 * The date when the instance profile was created.
2552 */
2553 CreateDate: dateType;
2554 /**
2555 * The role associated with the instance profile.
2556 */
2557 Roles: roleListType;
2558 }
2559 export type LineNumber = number;
2560 export interface ListAccessKeysRequest {
2561 /**
2562 * The name of the user. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2563 */
2564 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
2565 /**
2566 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2567 */
2568 Marker?: markerType;
2569 /**
2570 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2571 */
2572 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2573 }
2574 export interface ListAccessKeysResponse {
2575 /**
2576 * A list of objects containing metadata about the access keys.
2577 */
2578 AccessKeyMetadata: accessKeyMetadataListType;
2579 /**
2580 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2581 */
2582 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2583 /**
2584 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2585 */
2586 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2587 }
2588 export interface ListAccountAliasesRequest {
2589 /**
2590 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2591 */
2592 Marker?: markerType;
2593 /**
2594 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2595 */
2596 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2597 }
2598 export interface ListAccountAliasesResponse {
2599 /**
2600 * A list of aliases associated with the account. AWS supports only one alias per account.
2601 */
2602 AccountAliases: accountAliasListType;
2603 /**
2604 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2605 */
2606 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2607 /**
2608 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2609 */
2610 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2611 }
2612 export interface ListAttachedGroupPoliciesRequest {
2613 /**
2614 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to list attached policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2615 */
2616 GroupName: groupNameType;
2617 /**
2618 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2619 */
2620 PathPrefix?: policyPathType;
2621 /**
2622 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2623 */
2624 Marker?: markerType;
2625 /**
2626 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2627 */
2628 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2629 }
2630 export interface ListAttachedGroupPoliciesResponse {
2631 /**
2632 * A list of the attached policies.
2633 */
2634 AttachedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
2635 /**
2636 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2637 */
2638 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2639 /**
2640 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2641 */
2642 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2643 }
2644 export interface ListAttachedRolePoliciesRequest {
2645 /**
2646 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to list attached policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2647 */
2648 RoleName: roleNameType;
2649 /**
2650 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2651 */
2652 PathPrefix?: policyPathType;
2653 /**
2654 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2655 */
2656 Marker?: markerType;
2657 /**
2658 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2659 */
2660 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2661 }
2662 export interface ListAttachedRolePoliciesResponse {
2663 /**
2664 * A list of the attached policies.
2665 */
2666 AttachedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
2667 /**
2668 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2669 */
2670 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2671 /**
2672 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2673 */
2674 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2675 }
2676 export interface ListAttachedUserPoliciesRequest {
2677 /**
2678 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the user to list attached policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2679 */
2680 UserName: userNameType;
2681 /**
2682 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2683 */
2684 PathPrefix?: policyPathType;
2685 /**
2686 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2687 */
2688 Marker?: markerType;
2689 /**
2690 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2691 */
2692 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2693 }
2694 export interface ListAttachedUserPoliciesResponse {
2695 /**
2696 * A list of the attached policies.
2697 */
2698 AttachedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
2699 /**
2700 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2701 */
2702 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2703 /**
2704 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2705 */
2706 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2707 }
2708 export interface ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest {
2709 /**
2710 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2711 */
2712 PolicyArn: arnType;
2713 /**
2714 * The entity type to use for filtering the results. For example, when EntityFilter is Role, only the roles that are attached to the specified policy are returned. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all attached entities (users, groups, and roles) are returned. The argument for this parameter must be one of the valid values listed below.
2715 */
2716 EntityFilter?: EntityType;
2717 /**
2718 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all entities. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2719 */
2720 PathPrefix?: pathType;
2721 /**
2722 * The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to PermissionsBoundary. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned.
2723 */
2724 PolicyUsageFilter?: PolicyUsageType;
2725 /**
2726 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2727 */
2728 Marker?: markerType;
2729 /**
2730 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2731 */
2732 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2733 }
2734 export interface ListEntitiesForPolicyResponse {
2735 /**
2736 * A list of IAM groups that the policy is attached to.
2737 */
2738 PolicyGroups?: PolicyGroupListType;
2739 /**
2740 * A list of IAM users that the policy is attached to.
2741 */
2742 PolicyUsers?: PolicyUserListType;
2743 /**
2744 * A list of IAM roles that the policy is attached to.
2745 */
2746 PolicyRoles?: PolicyRoleListType;
2747 /**
2748 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2749 */
2750 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2751 /**
2752 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2753 */
2754 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2755 }
2756 export interface ListGroupPoliciesRequest {
2757 /**
2758 * The name of the group to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2759 */
2760 GroupName: groupNameType;
2761 /**
2762 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2763 */
2764 Marker?: markerType;
2765 /**
2766 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2767 */
2768 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2769 }
2770 export interface ListGroupPoliciesResponse {
2771 /**
2772 * A list of policy names. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2773 */
2774 PolicyNames: policyNameListType;
2775 /**
2776 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2777 */
2778 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2779 /**
2780 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2781 */
2782 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2783 }
2784 export interface ListGroupsForUserRequest {
2785 /**
2786 * The name of the user to list groups for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2787 */
2788 UserName: existingUserNameType;
2789 /**
2790 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2791 */
2792 Marker?: markerType;
2793 /**
2794 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2795 */
2796 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2797 }
2798 export interface ListGroupsForUserResponse {
2799 /**
2800 * A list of groups.
2801 */
2802 Groups: groupListType;
2803 /**
2804 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2805 */
2806 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2807 /**
2808 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2809 */
2810 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2811 }
2812 export interface ListGroupsRequest {
2813 /**
2814 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ gets all groups whose path starts with /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all groups. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2815 */
2816 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
2817 /**
2818 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2819 */
2820 Marker?: markerType;
2821 /**
2822 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2823 */
2824 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2825 }
2826 export interface ListGroupsResponse {
2827 /**
2828 * A list of groups.
2829 */
2830 Groups: groupListType;
2831 /**
2832 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2833 */
2834 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2835 /**
2836 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2837 */
2838 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2839 }
2840 export interface ListInstanceProfilesForRoleRequest {
2841 /**
2842 * The name of the role to list instance profiles for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2843 */
2844 RoleName: roleNameType;
2845 /**
2846 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2847 */
2848 Marker?: markerType;
2849 /**
2850 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2851 */
2852 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2853 }
2854 export interface ListInstanceProfilesForRoleResponse {
2855 /**
2856 * A list of instance profiles.
2857 */
2858 InstanceProfiles: instanceProfileListType;
2859 /**
2860 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2861 */
2862 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2863 /**
2864 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2865 */
2866 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2867 }
2868 export interface ListInstanceProfilesRequest {
2869 /**
2870 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix /application_abc/component_xyz/ gets all instance profiles whose path starts with /application_abc/component_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all instance profiles. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2871 */
2872 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
2873 /**
2874 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2875 */
2876 Marker?: markerType;
2877 /**
2878 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2879 */
2880 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2881 }
2882 export interface ListInstanceProfilesResponse {
2883 /**
2884 * A list of instance profiles.
2885 */
2886 InstanceProfiles: instanceProfileListType;
2887 /**
2888 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2889 */
2890 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2891 /**
2892 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2893 */
2894 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2895 }
2896 export interface ListMFADevicesRequest {
2897 /**
2898 * The name of the user whose MFA devices you want to list. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
2899 */
2900 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
2901 /**
2902 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2903 */
2904 Marker?: markerType;
2905 /**
2906 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2907 */
2908 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2909 }
2910 export interface ListMFADevicesResponse {
2911 /**
2912 * A list of MFA devices.
2913 */
2914 MFADevices: mfaDeviceListType;
2915 /**
2916 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2917 */
2918 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2919 /**
2920 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2921 */
2922 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2923 }
2924 export interface ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest {
2925 }
2926 export interface ListOpenIDConnectProvidersResponse {
2927 /**
2928 * The list of IAM OIDC provider resource objects defined in the AWS account.
2929 */
2930 OpenIDConnectProviderList?: OpenIDConnectProviderListType;
2931 }
2932 export interface ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry {
2933 /**
2934 * The namespace of the service that was accessed. To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2935 */
2936 ServiceNamespace?: serviceNamespaceType;
2937 /**
2938 * The PoliciesGrantingServiceAccess object that contains details about the policy.
2939 */
2940 Policies?: policyGrantingServiceAccessListType;
2941 }
2942 export interface ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest {
2943 /**
2944 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2945 */
2946 Marker?: markerType;
2947 /**
2948 * The ARN of the IAM identity (user, group, or role) whose policies you want to list.
2949 */
2950 Arn: arnType;
2951 /**
2952 * The service namespace for the AWS services whose policies you want to list. To learn the service namespace for a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
2953 */
2954 ServiceNamespaces: serviceNamespaceListType;
2955 }
2956 export interface ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessResponse {
2957 /**
2958 * A ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess object that contains details about the permissions policies attached to the specified identity (user, group, or role).
2959 */
2960 PoliciesGrantingServiceAccess: listPolicyGrantingServiceAccessResponseListType;
2961 /**
2962 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
2963 */
2964 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
2965 /**
2966 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
2967 */
2968 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
2969 }
2970 export interface ListPoliciesRequest {
2971 /**
2972 * The scope to use for filtering the results. To list only AWS managed policies, set Scope to AWS. To list only the customer managed policies in your AWS account, set Scope to Local. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, or if it is set to All, all policies are returned.
2973 */
2974 Scope?: policyScopeType;
2975 /**
2976 * A flag to filter the results to only the attached policies. When OnlyAttached is true, the returned list contains only the policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role. When OnlyAttached is false, or when the parameter is not included, all policies are returned.
2977 */
2978 OnlyAttached?: booleanType;
2979 /**
2980 * The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
2981 */
2982 PathPrefix?: policyPathType;
2983 /**
2984 * The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to PermissionsBoundary. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned.
2985 */
2986 PolicyUsageFilter?: PolicyUsageType;
2987 /**
2988 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
2989 */
2990 Marker?: markerType;
2991 /**
2992 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
2993 */
2994 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
2995 }
2996 export interface ListPoliciesResponse {
2997 /**
2998 * A list of policies.
2999 */
3000 Policies?: policyListType;
3001 /**
3002 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3003 */
3004 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3005 /**
3006 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3007 */
3008 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3009 }
3010 export interface ListPolicyVersionsRequest {
3011 /**
3012 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
3013 */
3014 PolicyArn: arnType;
3015 /**
3016 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3017 */
3018 Marker?: markerType;
3019 /**
3020 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3021 */
3022 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3023 }
3024 export interface ListPolicyVersionsResponse {
3025 /**
3026 * A list of policy versions. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3027 */
3028 Versions?: policyDocumentVersionListType;
3029 /**
3030 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3031 */
3032 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3033 /**
3034 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3035 */
3036 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3037 }
3038 export interface ListRolePoliciesRequest {
3039 /**
3040 * The name of the role to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3041 */
3042 RoleName: roleNameType;
3043 /**
3044 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3045 */
3046 Marker?: markerType;
3047 /**
3048 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3049 */
3050 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3051 }
3052 export interface ListRolePoliciesResponse {
3053 /**
3054 * A list of policy names.
3055 */
3056 PolicyNames: policyNameListType;
3057 /**
3058 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3059 */
3060 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3061 /**
3062 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3063 */
3064 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3065 }
3066 export interface ListRoleTagsRequest {
3067 /**
3068 * The name of the IAM role for which you want to see the list of tags. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3069 */
3070 RoleName: roleNameType;
3071 /**
3072 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3073 */
3074 Marker?: markerType;
3075 /**
3076 * (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3077 */
3078 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3079 }
3080 export interface ListRoleTagsResponse {
3081 /**
3082 * The list of tags currently that is attached to the role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified role, the response contains an empty list.
3083 */
3084 Tags: tagListType;
3085 /**
3086 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
3087 */
3088 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3089 /**
3090 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3091 */
3092 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3093 }
3094 export interface ListRolesRequest {
3095 /**
3096 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix /application_abc/component_xyz/ gets all roles whose path starts with /application_abc/component_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all roles. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
3097 */
3098 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
3099 /**
3100 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3101 */
3102 Marker?: markerType;
3103 /**
3104 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3105 */
3106 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3107 }
3108 export interface ListRolesResponse {
3109 /**
3110 * A list of roles.
3111 */
3112 Roles: roleListType;
3113 /**
3114 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3115 */
3116 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3117 /**
3118 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3119 */
3120 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3121 }
3122 export interface ListSAMLProvidersRequest {
3123 }
3124 export interface ListSAMLProvidersResponse {
3125 /**
3126 * The list of SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM for this AWS account.
3127 */
3128 SAMLProviderList?: SAMLProviderListType;
3129 }
3130 export interface ListSSHPublicKeysRequest {
3131 /**
3132 * The name of the IAM user to list SSH public keys for. If none is specified, the UserName field is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key used to sign the request. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3133 */
3134 UserName?: userNameType;
3135 /**
3136 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3137 */
3138 Marker?: markerType;
3139 /**
3140 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3141 */
3142 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3143 }
3144 export interface ListSSHPublicKeysResponse {
3145 /**
3146 * A list of the SSH public keys assigned to IAM user.
3147 */
3148 SSHPublicKeys?: SSHPublicKeyListType;
3149 /**
3150 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3151 */
3152 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3153 /**
3154 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3155 */
3156 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3157 }
3158 export interface ListServerCertificatesRequest {
3159 /**
3160 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: /company/servercerts would get all server certificates for which the path starts with /company/servercerts. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all server certificates. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
3161 */
3162 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
3163 /**
3164 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3165 */
3166 Marker?: markerType;
3167 /**
3168 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3169 */
3170 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3171 }
3172 export interface ListServerCertificatesResponse {
3173 /**
3174 * A list of server certificates.
3175 */
3176 ServerCertificateMetadataList: serverCertificateMetadataListType;
3177 /**
3178 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3179 */
3180 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3181 /**
3182 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3183 */
3184 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3185 }
3186 export interface ListServiceSpecificCredentialsRequest {
3187 /**
3188 * The name of the user whose service-specific credentials you want information about. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3189 */
3190 UserName?: userNameType;
3191 /**
3192 * Filters the returned results to only those for the specified AWS service. If not specified, then AWS returns service-specific credentials for all services.
3193 */
3194 ServiceName?: serviceName;
3195 }
3196 export interface ListServiceSpecificCredentialsResponse {
3197 /**
3198 * A list of structures that each contain details about a service-specific credential.
3199 */
3200 ServiceSpecificCredentials?: ServiceSpecificCredentialsListType;
3201 }
3202 export interface ListSigningCertificatesRequest {
3203 /**
3204 * The name of the IAM user whose signing certificates you want to examine. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3205 */
3206 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
3207 /**
3208 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3209 */
3210 Marker?: markerType;
3211 /**
3212 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3213 */
3214 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3215 }
3216 export interface ListSigningCertificatesResponse {
3217 /**
3218 * A list of the user's signing certificate information.
3219 */
3220 Certificates: certificateListType;
3221 /**
3222 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3223 */
3224 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3225 /**
3226 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3227 */
3228 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3229 }
3230 export interface ListUserPoliciesRequest {
3231 /**
3232 * The name of the user to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3233 */
3234 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3235 /**
3236 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3237 */
3238 Marker?: markerType;
3239 /**
3240 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3241 */
3242 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3243 }
3244 export interface ListUserPoliciesResponse {
3245 /**
3246 * A list of policy names.
3247 */
3248 PolicyNames: policyNameListType;
3249 /**
3250 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3251 */
3252 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3253 /**
3254 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3255 */
3256 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3257 }
3258 export interface ListUserTagsRequest {
3259 /**
3260 * The name of the IAM user whose tags you want to see. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
3261 */
3262 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3263 /**
3264 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3265 */
3266 Marker?: markerType;
3267 /**
3268 * (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3269 */
3270 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3271 }
3272 export interface ListUserTagsResponse {
3273 /**
3274 * The list of tags that are currently attached to the user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified user, the response contains an empty list.
3275 */
3276 Tags: tagListType;
3277 /**
3278 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
3279 */
3280 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3281 /**
3282 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3283 */
3284 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3285 }
3286 export interface ListUsersRequest {
3287 /**
3288 * The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/, which would get all user names whose path starts with /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all user names. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
3289 */
3290 PathPrefix?: pathPrefixType;
3291 /**
3292 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3293 */
3294 Marker?: markerType;
3295 /**
3296 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3297 */
3298 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3299 }
3300 export interface ListUsersResponse {
3301 /**
3302 * A list of users.
3303 */
3304 Users: userListType;
3305 /**
3306 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3307 */
3308 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3309 /**
3310 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3311 */
3312 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3313 }
3314 export interface ListVirtualMFADevicesRequest {
3315 /**
3316 * The status (Unassigned or Assigned) of the devices to list. If you do not specify an AssignmentStatus, the operation defaults to Any, which lists both assigned and unassigned virtual MFA devices.,
3317 */
3318 AssignmentStatus?: assignmentStatusType;
3319 /**
3320 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
3321 */
3322 Marker?: markerType;
3323 /**
3324 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
3325 */
3326 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
3327 }
3328 export interface ListVirtualMFADevicesResponse {
3329 /**
3330 * The list of virtual MFA devices in the current account that match the AssignmentStatus value that was passed in the request.
3331 */
3332 VirtualMFADevices: virtualMFADeviceListType;
3333 /**
3334 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
3335 */
3336 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
3337 /**
3338 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
3339 */
3340 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
3341 }
3342 export interface LoginProfile {
3343 /**
3344 * The name of the user, which can be used for signing in to the AWS Management Console.
3345 */
3346 UserName: userNameType;
3347 /**
3348 * The date when the password for the user was created.
3349 */
3350 CreateDate: dateType;
3351 /**
3352 * Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in.
3353 */
3354 PasswordResetRequired?: booleanType;
3355 }
3356 export interface MFADevice {
3357 /**
3358 * The user with whom the MFA device is associated.
3359 */
3360 UserName: userNameType;
3361 /**
3362 * The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN.
3363 */
3364 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
3365 /**
3366 * The date when the MFA device was enabled for the user.
3367 */
3368 EnableDate: dateType;
3369 }
3370 export interface ManagedPolicyDetail {
3371 /**
3372 * The friendly name (not ARN) identifying the policy.
3373 */
3374 PolicyName?: policyNameType;
3375 /**
3376 * The stable and unique string identifying the policy. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3377 */
3378 PolicyId?: idType;
3379 Arn?: arnType;
3380 /**
3381 * The path to the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3382 */
3383 Path?: policyPathType;
3384 /**
3385 * The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default (operative) version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3386 */
3387 DefaultVersionId?: policyVersionIdType;
3388 /**
3389 * The number of principal entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached to.
3390 */
3391 AttachmentCount?: attachmentCountType;
3392 /**
3393 * The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used as the permissions boundary. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3394 */
3395 PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount?: attachmentCountType;
3396 /**
3397 * Specifies whether the policy can be attached to an IAM user, group, or role.
3398 */
3399 IsAttachable?: booleanType;
3400 /**
3401 * A friendly description of the policy.
3402 */
3403 Description?: policyDescriptionType;
3404 /**
3405 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy was created.
3406 */
3407 CreateDate?: dateType;
3408 /**
3409 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy was last updated. When a policy has only one version, this field contains the date and time when the policy was created. When a policy has more than one version, this field contains the date and time when the most recent policy version was created.
3410 */
3411 UpdateDate?: dateType;
3412 /**
3413 * A list containing information about the versions of the policy.
3414 */
3415 PolicyVersionList?: policyDocumentVersionListType;
3416 }
3417 export type ManagedPolicyDetailListType = ManagedPolicyDetail[];
3418 export interface OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry {
3419 Arn?: arnType;
3420 }
3421 export type OpenIDConnectProviderListType = OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry[];
3422 export type OpenIDConnectProviderUrlType = string;
3423 export interface OrganizationsDecisionDetail {
3424 /**
3425 * Specifies whether the simulated operation is allowed by the Organizations service control policies that impact the simulated user's account.
3426 */
3427 AllowedByOrganizations?: booleanType;
3428 }
3429 export interface PasswordPolicy {
3430 /**
3431 * Minimum length to require for IAM user passwords.
3432 */
3433 MinimumPasswordLength?: minimumPasswordLengthType;
3434 /**
3435 * Specifies whether to require symbols for IAM user passwords.
3436 */
3437 RequireSymbols?: booleanType;
3438 /**
3439 * Specifies whether to require numbers for IAM user passwords.
3440 */
3441 RequireNumbers?: booleanType;
3442 /**
3443 * Specifies whether to require uppercase characters for IAM user passwords.
3444 */
3445 RequireUppercaseCharacters?: booleanType;
3446 /**
3447 * Specifies whether to require lowercase characters for IAM user passwords.
3448 */
3449 RequireLowercaseCharacters?: booleanType;
3450 /**
3451 * Specifies whether IAM users are allowed to change their own password.
3452 */
3453 AllowUsersToChangePassword?: booleanType;
3454 /**
3455 * Indicates whether passwords in the account expire. Returns true if MaxPasswordAge contains a value greater than 0. Returns false if MaxPasswordAge is 0 or not present.
3456 */
3457 ExpirePasswords?: booleanType;
3458 /**
3459 * The number of days that an IAM user password is valid.
3460 */
3461 MaxPasswordAge?: maxPasswordAgeType;
3462 /**
3463 * Specifies the number of previous passwords that IAM users are prevented from reusing.
3464 */
3465 PasswordReusePrevention?: passwordReusePreventionType;
3466 /**
3467 * Specifies whether IAM users are prevented from setting a new password after their password has expired.
3468 */
3469 HardExpiry?: booleanObjectType;
3470 }
3471 export type PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType = "PermissionsBoundaryPolicy"|string;
3472 export interface PermissionsBoundaryDecisionDetail {
3473 /**
3474 * Specifies whether an action is allowed by a permissions boundary that is applied to an IAM entity (user or role). A value of true means that the permissions boundary does not deny the action. This means that the policy includes an Allow statement that matches the request. In this case, if an identity-based policy also allows the action, the request is allowed. A value of false means that either the requested action is not allowed (implicitly denied) or that the action is explicitly denied by the permissions boundary. In both of these cases, the action is not allowed, regardless of the identity-based policy.
3475 */
3476 AllowedByPermissionsBoundary?: booleanType;
3477 }
3478 export interface Policy {
3479 /**
3480 * The friendly name (not ARN) identifying the policy.
3481 */
3482 PolicyName?: policyNameType;
3483 /**
3484 * The stable and unique string identifying the policy. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3485 */
3486 PolicyId?: idType;
3487 Arn?: arnType;
3488 /**
3489 * The path to the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3490 */
3491 Path?: policyPathType;
3492 /**
3493 * The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default version.
3494 */
3495 DefaultVersionId?: policyVersionIdType;
3496 /**
3497 * The number of entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached to.
3498 */
3499 AttachmentCount?: attachmentCountType;
3500 /**
3501 * The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used to set the permissions boundary. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3502 */
3503 PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount?: attachmentCountType;
3504 /**
3505 * Specifies whether the policy can be attached to an IAM user, group, or role.
3506 */
3507 IsAttachable?: booleanType;
3508 /**
3509 * A friendly description of the policy. This element is included in the response to the GetPolicy operation. It is not included in the response to the ListPolicies operation.
3510 */
3511 Description?: policyDescriptionType;
3512 /**
3513 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy was created.
3514 */
3515 CreateDate?: dateType;
3516 /**
3517 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy was last updated. When a policy has only one version, this field contains the date and time when the policy was created. When a policy has more than one version, this field contains the date and time when the most recent policy version was created.
3518 */
3519 UpdateDate?: dateType;
3520 }
3521 export interface PolicyDetail {
3522 /**
3523 * The name of the policy.
3524 */
3525 PolicyName?: policyNameType;
3526 /**
3527 * The policy document.
3528 */
3529 PolicyDocument?: policyDocumentType;
3530 }
3531 export type PolicyEvaluationDecisionType = "allowed"|"explicitDeny"|"implicitDeny"|string;
3532 export interface PolicyGrantingServiceAccess {
3533 /**
3534 * The policy name.
3535 */
3536 PolicyName: policyNameType;
3537 /**
3538 * The policy type. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3539 */
3540 PolicyType: policyType;
3541 PolicyArn?: arnType;
3542 /**
3543 * The type of entity (user or role) that used the policy to access the service to which the inline policy is attached. This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3544 */
3545 EntityType?: policyOwnerEntityType;
3546 /**
3547 * The name of the entity (user or role) to which the inline policy is attached. This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
3548 */
3549 EntityName?: entityNameType;
3550 }
3551 export interface PolicyGroup {
3552 /**
3553 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group.
3554 */
3555 GroupName?: groupNameType;
3556 /**
3557 * The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3558 */
3559 GroupId?: idType;
3560 }
3561 export type PolicyGroupListType = PolicyGroup[];
3562 export type PolicyIdentifierType = string;
3563 export interface PolicyRole {
3564 /**
3565 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role.
3566 */
3567 RoleName?: roleNameType;
3568 /**
3569 * The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3570 */
3571 RoleId?: idType;
3572 }
3573 export type PolicyRoleListType = PolicyRole[];
3574 export type PolicySourceType = "user"|"group"|"role"|"aws-managed"|"user-managed"|"resource"|"none"|string;
3575 export type PolicyUsageType = "PermissionsPolicy"|"PermissionsBoundary"|string;
3576 export interface PolicyUser {
3577 /**
3578 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user.
3579 */
3580 UserName?: userNameType;
3581 /**
3582 * The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3583 */
3584 UserId?: idType;
3585 }
3586 export type PolicyUserListType = PolicyUser[];
3587 export interface PolicyVersion {
3588 /**
3589 * The policy document. The policy document is returned in the response to the GetPolicyVersion and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. It is not returned in the response to the CreatePolicyVersion or ListPolicyVersions operations. The policy document returned in this structure is URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
3590 */
3591 Document?: policyDocumentType;
3592 /**
3593 * The identifier for the policy version. Policy version identifiers always begin with v (always lowercase). When a policy is created, the first policy version is v1.
3594 */
3595 VersionId?: policyVersionIdType;
3596 /**
3597 * Specifies whether the policy version is set as the policy's default version.
3598 */
3599 IsDefaultVersion?: booleanType;
3600 /**
3601 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy version was created.
3602 */
3603 CreateDate?: dateType;
3604 }
3605 export interface Position {
3606 /**
3607 * The line containing the specified position in the document.
3608 */
3609 Line?: LineNumber;
3610 /**
3611 * The column in the line containing the specified position in the document.
3612 */
3613 Column?: ColumnNumber;
3614 }
3615 export interface PutGroupPolicyRequest {
3616 /**
3617 * The name of the group to associate the policy with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-.
3618 */
3619 GroupName: groupNameType;
3620 /**
3621 * The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3622 */
3623 PolicyName: policyNameType;
3624 /**
3625 * The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for AWS CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
3626 */
3627 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
3628 }
3629 export interface PutRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest {
3630 /**
3631 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role for which you want to set the permissions boundary.
3632 */
3633 RoleName: roleNameType;
3634 /**
3635 * The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
3636 */
3637 PermissionsBoundary: arnType;
3638 }
3639 export interface PutRolePolicyRequest {
3640 /**
3641 * The name of the role to associate the policy with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3642 */
3643 RoleName: roleNameType;
3644 /**
3645 * The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3646 */
3647 PolicyName: policyNameType;
3648 /**
3649 * The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for AWS CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
3650 */
3651 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
3652 }
3653 export interface PutUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest {
3654 /**
3655 * The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user for which you want to set the permissions boundary.
3656 */
3657 UserName: userNameType;
3658 /**
3659 * The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
3660 */
3661 PermissionsBoundary: arnType;
3662 }
3663 export interface PutUserPolicyRequest {
3664 /**
3665 * The name of the user to associate the policy with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3666 */
3667 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3668 /**
3669 * The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3670 */
3671 PolicyName: policyNameType;
3672 /**
3673 * The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for AWS CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
3674 */
3675 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
3676 }
3677 export type ReasonType = string;
3678 export type RegionNameType = string;
3679 export interface RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderRequest {
3680 /**
3681 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource to remove the client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
3682 */
3683 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
3684 /**
3685 * The client ID (also known as audience) to remove from the IAM OIDC provider resource. For more information about client IDs, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
3686 */
3687 ClientID: clientIDType;
3688 }
3689 export interface RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest {
3690 /**
3691 * The name of the instance profile to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3692 */
3693 InstanceProfileName: instanceProfileNameType;
3694 /**
3695 * The name of the role to remove. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3696 */
3697 RoleName: roleNameType;
3698 }
3699 export interface RemoveUserFromGroupRequest {
3700 /**
3701 * The name of the group to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3702 */
3703 GroupName: groupNameType;
3704 /**
3705 * The name of the user to remove. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3706 */
3707 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3708 }
3709 export type ReportContentType = Buffer|Uint8Array|Blob|string;
3710 export type ReportFormatType = "text/csv"|string;
3711 export type ReportStateDescriptionType = string;
3712 export type ReportStateType = "STARTED"|"INPROGRESS"|"COMPLETE"|string;
3713 export interface ResetServiceSpecificCredentialRequest {
3714 /**
3715 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3716 */
3717 UserName?: userNameType;
3718 /**
3719 * The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
3720 */
3721 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
3722 }
3723 export interface ResetServiceSpecificCredentialResponse {
3724 /**
3725 * A structure with details about the updated service-specific credential, including the new password. This is the only time that you can access the password. You cannot recover the password later, but you can reset it again.
3726 */
3727 ServiceSpecificCredential?: ServiceSpecificCredential;
3728 }
3729 export type ResourceHandlingOptionType = string;
3730 export type ResourceNameListType = ResourceNameType[];
3731 export type ResourceNameType = string;
3732 export interface ResourceSpecificResult {
3733 /**
3734 * The name of the simulated resource, in Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format.
3735 */
3736 EvalResourceName: ResourceNameType;
3737 /**
3738 * The result of the simulation of the simulated API operation on the resource specified in EvalResourceName.
3739 */
3740 EvalResourceDecision: PolicyEvaluationDecisionType;
3741 /**
3742 * A list of the statements in the input policies that determine the result for this part of the simulation. Remember that even if multiple statements allow the operation on the resource, if any statement denies that operation, then the explicit deny overrides any allow. In addition, the deny statement is the only entry included in the result.
3743 */
3744 MatchedStatements?: StatementListType;
3745 /**
3746 * A list of context keys that are required by the included input policies but that were not provided by one of the input parameters. This list is used when a list of ARNs is included in the ResourceArns parameter instead of "*". If you do not specify individual resources, by setting ResourceArns to "*" or by not including the ResourceArns parameter, then any missing context values are instead included under the EvaluationResults section. To discover the context keys used by a set of policies, you can call GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy or GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.
3747 */
3748 MissingContextValues?: ContextKeyNamesResultListType;
3749 /**
3750 * Additional details about the results of the evaluation decision on a single resource. This parameter is returned only for cross-account simulations. This parameter explains how each policy type contributes to the resource-specific evaluation decision.
3751 */
3752 EvalDecisionDetails?: EvalDecisionDetailsType;
3753 /**
3754 * Contains information about the effect that a permissions boundary has on a policy simulation when that boundary is applied to an IAM entity.
3755 */
3756 PermissionsBoundaryDecisionDetail?: PermissionsBoundaryDecisionDetail;
3757 }
3758 export type ResourceSpecificResultListType = ResourceSpecificResult[];
3759 export interface ResyncMFADeviceRequest {
3760 /**
3761 * The name of the user whose MFA device you want to resynchronize. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3762 */
3763 UserName: existingUserNameType;
3764 /**
3765 * Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
3766 */
3767 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
3768 /**
3769 * An authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits.
3770 */
3771 AuthenticationCode1: authenticationCodeType;
3772 /**
3773 * A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits.
3774 */
3775 AuthenticationCode2: authenticationCodeType;
3776 }
3777 export interface Role {
3778 /**
3779 * The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3780 */
3781 Path: pathType;
3782 /**
3783 * The friendly name that identifies the role.
3784 */
3785 RoleName: roleNameType;
3786 /**
3787 * The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3788 */
3789 RoleId: idType;
3790 /**
3791 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide guide.
3792 */
3793 Arn: arnType;
3794 /**
3795 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the role was created.
3796 */
3797 CreateDate: dateType;
3798 /**
3799 * The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role.
3800 */
3801 AssumeRolePolicyDocument?: policyDocumentType;
3802 /**
3803 * A description of the role that you provide.
3804 */
3805 Description?: roleDescriptionType;
3806 /**
3807 * The maximum session duration (in seconds) for the specified role. Anyone who uses the AWS CLI, or API to assume the role can specify the duration using the optional DurationSeconds API parameter or duration-seconds CLI parameter.
3808 */
3809 MaxSessionDuration?: roleMaxSessionDurationType;
3810 /**
3811 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3812 */
3813 PermissionsBoundary?: AttachedPermissionsBoundary;
3814 /**
3815 * A list of tags that are attached to the specified role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3816 */
3817 Tags?: tagListType;
3818 /**
3819 * Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked in the IAM User Guide.
3820 */
3821 RoleLastUsed?: RoleLastUsed;
3822 }
3823 export interface RoleDetail {
3824 /**
3825 * The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3826 */
3827 Path?: pathType;
3828 /**
3829 * The friendly name that identifies the role.
3830 */
3831 RoleName?: roleNameType;
3832 /**
3833 * The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3834 */
3835 RoleId?: idType;
3836 Arn?: arnType;
3837 /**
3838 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the role was created.
3839 */
3840 CreateDate?: dateType;
3841 /**
3842 * The trust policy that grants permission to assume the role.
3843 */
3844 AssumeRolePolicyDocument?: policyDocumentType;
3845 /**
3846 * A list of instance profiles that contain this role.
3847 */
3848 InstanceProfileList?: instanceProfileListType;
3849 /**
3850 * A list of inline policies embedded in the role. These policies are the role's access (permissions) policies.
3851 */
3852 RolePolicyList?: policyDetailListType;
3853 /**
3854 * A list of managed policies attached to the role. These policies are the role's access (permissions) policies.
3855 */
3856 AttachedManagedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
3857 /**
3858 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3859 */
3860 PermissionsBoundary?: AttachedPermissionsBoundary;
3861 /**
3862 * A list of tags that are attached to the specified role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
3863 */
3864 Tags?: tagListType;
3865 /**
3866 * Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked in the IAM User Guide.
3867 */
3868 RoleLastUsed?: RoleLastUsed;
3869 }
3870 export interface RoleLastUsed {
3871 /**
3872 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format that the role was last used. This field is null if the role has not been used within the IAM tracking period. For more information about the tracking period, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked in the IAM User Guide.
3873 */
3874 LastUsedDate?: dateType;
3875 /**
3876 * The name of the AWS Region in which the role was last used.
3877 */
3878 Region?: stringType;
3879 }
3880 export type RoleUsageListType = RoleUsageType[];
3881 export interface RoleUsageType {
3882 /**
3883 * The name of the Region where the service-linked role is being used.
3884 */
3885 Region?: RegionNameType;
3886 /**
3887 * The name of the resource that is using the service-linked role.
3888 */
3889 Resources?: ArnListType;
3890 }
3891 export type SAMLMetadataDocumentType = string;
3892 export interface SAMLProviderListEntry {
3893 /**
3894 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider.
3895 */
3896 Arn?: arnType;
3897 /**
3898 * The expiration date and time for the SAML provider.
3899 */
3900 ValidUntil?: dateType;
3901 /**
3902 * The date and time when the SAML provider was created.
3903 */
3904 CreateDate?: dateType;
3905 }
3906 export type SAMLProviderListType = SAMLProviderListEntry[];
3907 export type SAMLProviderNameType = string;
3908 export interface SSHPublicKey {
3909 /**
3910 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key.
3911 */
3912 UserName: userNameType;
3913 /**
3914 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key.
3915 */
3916 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
3917 /**
3918 * The MD5 message digest of the SSH public key.
3919 */
3920 Fingerprint: publicKeyFingerprintType;
3921 /**
3922 * The SSH public key.
3923 */
3924 SSHPublicKeyBody: publicKeyMaterialType;
3925 /**
3926 * The status of the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be used for authentication with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
3927 */
3928 Status: statusType;
3929 /**
3930 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the SSH public key was uploaded.
3931 */
3932 UploadDate?: dateType;
3933 }
3934 export type SSHPublicKeyListType = SSHPublicKeyMetadata[];
3935 export interface SSHPublicKeyMetadata {
3936 /**
3937 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key.
3938 */
3939 UserName: userNameType;
3940 /**
3941 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key.
3942 */
3943 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
3944 /**
3945 * The status of the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be used for authentication with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
3946 */
3947 Status: statusType;
3948 /**
3949 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the SSH public key was uploaded.
3950 */
3951 UploadDate: dateType;
3952 }
3953 export interface ServerCertificate {
3954 /**
3955 * The meta information of the server certificate, such as its name, path, ID, and ARN.
3956 */
3957 ServerCertificateMetadata: ServerCertificateMetadata;
3958 /**
3959 * The contents of the public key certificate.
3960 */
3961 CertificateBody: certificateBodyType;
3962 /**
3963 * The contents of the public key certificate chain.
3964 */
3965 CertificateChain?: certificateChainType;
3966 }
3967 export interface ServerCertificateMetadata {
3968 /**
3969 * The path to the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3970 */
3971 Path: pathType;
3972 /**
3973 * The name that identifies the server certificate.
3974 */
3975 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
3976 /**
3977 * The stable and unique string identifying the server certificate. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3978 */
3979 ServerCertificateId: idType;
3980 /**
3981 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the server certificate. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
3982 */
3983 Arn: arnType;
3984 /**
3985 * The date when the server certificate was uploaded.
3986 */
3987 UploadDate?: dateType;
3988 /**
3989 * The date on which the certificate is set to expire.
3990 */
3991 Expiration?: dateType;
3992 }
3993 export interface ServiceLastAccessed {
3994 /**
3995 * The name of the service in which access was attempted.
3996 */
3997 ServiceName: serviceNameType;
3998 /**
3999 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the service. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
4000 */
4001 LastAuthenticated?: dateType;
4002 /**
4003 * The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4004 */
4005 ServiceNamespace: serviceNamespaceType;
4006 /**
4007 * The ARN of the authenticated entity (user or role) that last attempted to access the service. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
4008 */
4009 LastAuthenticatedEntity?: arnType;
4010 /**
4011 * The total number of authenticated principals (root user, IAM users, or IAM roles) that have attempted to access the service. This field is null if no principals attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
4012 */
4013 TotalAuthenticatedEntities?: integerType;
4014 }
4015 export interface ServiceSpecificCredential {
4016 /**
4017 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the service-specific credential were created.
4018 */
4019 CreateDate: dateType;
4020 /**
4021 * The name of the service associated with the service-specific credential.
4022 */
4023 ServiceName: serviceName;
4024 /**
4025 * The generated user name for the service-specific credential. This value is generated by combining the IAM user's name combined with the ID number of the AWS account, as in jane-at-123456789012, for example. This value cannot be configured by the user.
4026 */
4027 ServiceUserName: serviceUserName;
4028 /**
4029 * The generated password for the service-specific credential.
4030 */
4031 ServicePassword: servicePassword;
4032 /**
4033 * The unique identifier for the service-specific credential.
4034 */
4035 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
4036 /**
4037 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential.
4038 */
4039 UserName: userNameType;
4040 /**
4041 * The status of the service-specific credential. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
4042 */
4043 Status: statusType;
4044 }
4045 export interface ServiceSpecificCredentialMetadata {
4046 /**
4047 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential.
4048 */
4049 UserName: userNameType;
4050 /**
4051 * The status of the service-specific credential. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
4052 */
4053 Status: statusType;
4054 /**
4055 * The generated user name for the service-specific credential.
4056 */
4057 ServiceUserName: serviceUserName;
4058 /**
4059 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the service-specific credential were created.
4060 */
4061 CreateDate: dateType;
4062 /**
4063 * The unique identifier for the service-specific credential.
4064 */
4065 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
4066 /**
4067 * The name of the service associated with the service-specific credential.
4068 */
4069 ServiceName: serviceName;
4070 }
4071 export type ServiceSpecificCredentialsListType = ServiceSpecificCredentialMetadata[];
4072 export type ServicesLastAccessed = ServiceLastAccessed[];
4073 export interface SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest {
4074 /**
4075 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you want to set. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4076 */
4077 PolicyArn: arnType;
4078 /**
4079 * The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
4080 */
4081 VersionId: policyVersionIdType;
4082 }
4083 export interface SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesRequest {
4084 /**
4085 * The version of the global endpoint token. Version 1 tokens are valid only in AWS Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see Activating and Deactivating STS in an AWS Region in the IAM User Guide.
4086 */
4087 GlobalEndpointTokenVersion: globalEndpointTokenVersion;
4088 }
4089 export interface SigningCertificate {
4090 /**
4091 * The name of the user the signing certificate is associated with.
4092 */
4093 UserName: userNameType;
4094 /**
4095 * The ID for the signing certificate.
4096 */
4097 CertificateId: certificateIdType;
4098 /**
4099 * The contents of the signing certificate.
4100 */
4101 CertificateBody: certificateBodyType;
4102 /**
4103 * The status of the signing certificate. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
4104 */
4105 Status: statusType;
4106 /**
4107 * The date when the signing certificate was uploaded.
4108 */
4109 UploadDate?: dateType;
4110 }
4111 export interface SimulateCustomPolicyRequest {
4112 /**
4113 * A list of policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. Do not include any resource-based policies in this parameter. Any resource-based policy must be submitted with the ResourcePolicy parameter. The policies cannot be "scope-down" policies, such as you could include in a call to GetFederationToken or one of the AssumeRole API operations. In other words, do not use policies designed to restrict what a user can do while using the temporary credentials. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4114 */
4115 PolicyInputList: SimulationPolicyListType;
4116 /**
4117 * The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets the maximum permissions that an IAM entity can have. You can input only one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string that contains the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4118 */
4119 PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList?: SimulationPolicyListType;
4120 /**
4121 * A list of names of API operations to evaluate in the simulation. Each operation is evaluated against each resource. Each operation must include the service identifier, such as iam:CreateUser. This operation does not support using wildcards (*) in an action name.
4122 */
4123 ActionNames: ActionNameListType;
4124 /**
4125 * A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. If you include a ResourcePolicy, then it must be applicable to all of the resources included in the simulation or you receive an invalid input error. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4126 */
4127 ResourceArns?: ResourceNameListType;
4128 /**
4129 * A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4130 */
4131 ResourcePolicy?: policyDocumentType;
4132 /**
4133 * An ARN representing the AWS account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN. Examples of resource ARNs include an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn. The ARN for an account uses the following syntax: arn:aws:iam::AWS-account-ID:root. For example, to represent the account with the 112233445566 ID, use the following ARN: arn:aws:iam::112233445566-ID:root.
4134 */
4135 ResourceOwner?: ResourceNameType;
4136 /**
4137 * The ARN of the IAM user that you want to use as the simulated caller of the API operations. CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy so that the policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal.
4138 */
4139 CallerArn?: ResourceNameType;
4140 /**
4141 * A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use. Whenever a context key is evaluated in one of the simulated IAM permissions policies, the corresponding value is supplied.
4142 */
4143 ContextEntries?: ContextEntryListType;
4144 /**
4145 * Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation. Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security-group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network-interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario options, see Supported Platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. EC2-Classic-InstanceStore instance, image, security-group EC2-Classic-EBS instance, image, security-group, volume EC2-VPC-InstanceStore instance, image, security-group, network-interface EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet instance, image, security-group, network-interface, subnet EC2-VPC-EBS instance, image, security-group, network-interface, volume EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet instance, image, security-group, network-interface, subnet, volume
4146 */
4147 ResourceHandlingOption?: ResourceHandlingOptionType;
4148 /**
4149 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
4150 */
4151 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
4152 /**
4153 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
4154 */
4155 Marker?: markerType;
4156 }
4157 export interface SimulatePolicyResponse {
4158 /**
4159 * The results of the simulation.
4160 */
4161 EvaluationResults?: EvaluationResultsListType;
4162 /**
4163 * A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
4164 */
4165 IsTruncated?: booleanType;
4166 /**
4167 * When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
4168 */
4169 Marker?: responseMarkerType;
4170 }
4171 export interface SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest {
4172 /**
4173 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a user, group, or role whose policies you want to include in the simulation. If you specify a user, group, or role, the simulation includes all policies that are associated with that entity. If you specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are attached to any groups the user belongs to. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4174 */
4175 PolicySourceArn: arnType;
4176 /**
4177 * An optional list of additional policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4178 */
4179 PolicyInputList?: SimulationPolicyListType;
4180 /**
4181 * The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets the maximum permissions that the entity can have. You can input only one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. An IAM entity can only have one permissions boundary in effect at a time. For example, if a permissions boundary is attached to an entity and you pass in a different permissions boundary policy using this parameter, then the new permission boundary policy is used for the simulation. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4182 */
4183 PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList?: SimulationPolicyListType;
4184 /**
4185 * A list of names of API operations to evaluate in the simulation. Each operation is evaluated for each resource. Each operation must include the service identifier, such as iam:CreateUser.
4186 */
4187 ActionNames: ActionNameListType;
4188 /**
4189 * A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4190 */
4191 ResourceArns?: ResourceNameListType;
4192 /**
4193 * A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4194 */
4195 ResourcePolicy?: policyDocumentType;
4196 /**
4197 * An AWS account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN. Examples of resource ARNs include an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn.
4198 */
4199 ResourceOwner?: ResourceNameType;
4200 /**
4201 * The ARN of the IAM user that you want to specify as the simulated caller of the API operations. If you do not specify a CallerArn, it defaults to the ARN of the user that you specify in PolicySourceArn, if you specified a user. If you include both a PolicySourceArn (for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/David) and a CallerArn (for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Bob), the result is that you simulate calling the API operations as Bob, as if Bob had David's policies. You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal. CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy and the PolicySourceArn is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is required so that the resource-based policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4202 */
4203 CallerArn?: ResourceNameType;
4204 /**
4205 * A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use. Whenever a context key is evaluated in one of the simulated IAM permissions policies, the corresponding value is supplied.
4206 */
4207 ContextEntries?: ContextEntryListType;
4208 /**
4209 * Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation. Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario options, see Supported Platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. EC2-Classic-InstanceStore instance, image, security group EC2-Classic-EBS instance, image, security group, volume EC2-VPC-InstanceStore instance, image, security group, network interface EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet EC2-VPC-EBS instance, image, security group, network interface, volume EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet, volume
4210 */
4211 ResourceHandlingOption?: ResourceHandlingOptionType;
4212 /**
4213 * Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
4214 */
4215 MaxItems?: maxItemsType;
4216 /**
4217 * Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
4218 */
4219 Marker?: markerType;
4220 }
4221 export type SimulationPolicyListType = policyDocumentType[];
4222 export interface Statement {
4223 /**
4224 * The identifier of the policy that was provided as an input.
4225 */
4226 SourcePolicyId?: PolicyIdentifierType;
4227 /**
4228 * The type of the policy.
4229 */
4230 SourcePolicyType?: PolicySourceType;
4231 /**
4232 * The row and column of the beginning of the Statement in an IAM policy.
4233 */
4234 StartPosition?: Position;
4235 /**
4236 * The row and column of the end of a Statement in an IAM policy.
4237 */
4238 EndPosition?: Position;
4239 }
4240 export type StatementListType = Statement[];
4241 export interface Tag {
4242 /**
4243 * The key name that can be used to look up or retrieve the associated value. For example, Department or Cost Center are common choices.
4244 */
4245 Key: tagKeyType;
4246 /**
4247 * The value associated with this tag. For example, tags with a key name of Department could have values such as Human Resources, Accounting, and Support. Tags with a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist of the number associated with the different cost centers in your company. Typically, many resources have tags with the same key name but with different values. AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
4248 */
4249 Value: tagValueType;
4250 }
4251 export interface TagRoleRequest {
4252 /**
4253 * The name of the role that you want to add tags to. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4254 */
4255 RoleName: roleNameType;
4256 /**
4257 * The list of tags that you want to attach to the role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. You can specify this with a JSON string.
4258 */
4259 Tags: tagListType;
4260 }
4261 export interface TagUserRequest {
4262 /**
4263 * The name of the user that you want to add tags to. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
4264 */
4265 UserName: existingUserNameType;
4266 /**
4267 * The list of tags that you want to attach to the user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
4268 */
4269 Tags: tagListType;
4270 }
4271 export interface UntagRoleRequest {
4272 /**
4273 * The name of the IAM role from which you want to remove tags. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4274 */
4275 RoleName: roleNameType;
4276 /**
4277 * A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified role.
4278 */
4279 TagKeys: tagKeyListType;
4280 }
4281 export interface UntagUserRequest {
4282 /**
4283 * The name of the IAM user from which you want to remove tags. This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
4284 */
4285 UserName: existingUserNameType;
4286 /**
4287 * A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified user.
4288 */
4289 TagKeys: tagKeyListType;
4290 }
4291 export interface UpdateAccessKeyRequest {
4292 /**
4293 * The name of the user whose key you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4294 */
4295 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
4296 /**
4297 * The access key ID of the secret access key you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
4298 */
4299 AccessKeyId: accessKeyIdType;
4300 /**
4301 * The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that the key can be used for API calls to AWS, while Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
4302 */
4303 Status: statusType;
4304 }
4305 export interface UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest {
4306 /**
4307 * The minimum number of characters allowed in an IAM user password. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 6.
4308 */
4309 MinimumPasswordLength?: minimumPasswordLengthType;
4310 /**
4311 * Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one of the following non-alphanumeric characters: ! @ # $ % ^ &amp; * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | ' If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one symbol character.
4312 */
4313 RequireSymbols?: booleanType;
4314 /**
4315 * Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one numeric character (0 to 9). If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one numeric character.
4316 */
4317 RequireNumbers?: booleanType;
4318 /**
4319 * Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (A to Z). If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one uppercase character.
4320 */
4321 RequireUppercaseCharacters?: booleanType;
4322 /**
4323 * Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one lowercase character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (a to z). If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one lowercase character.
4324 */
4325 RequireLowercaseCharacters?: booleanType;
4326 /**
4327 * Allows all IAM users in your account to use the AWS Management Console to change their own passwords. For more information, see Letting IAM Users Change Their Own Passwords in the IAM User Guide. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users in the account do not automatically have permissions to change their own password.
4328 */
4329 AllowUsersToChangePassword?: booleanType;
4330 /**
4331 * The number of days that an IAM user password is valid. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 0. The result is that IAM user passwords never expire.
4332 */
4333 MaxPasswordAge?: maxPasswordAgeType;
4334 /**
4335 * Specifies the number of previous passwords that IAM users are prevented from reusing. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 0. The result is that IAM users are not prevented from reusing previous passwords.
4336 */
4337 PasswordReusePrevention?: passwordReusePreventionType;
4338 /**
4339 * Prevents IAM users from setting a new password after their password has expired. The IAM user cannot be accessed until an administrator resets the password. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users can change their passwords after they expire and continue to sign in as the user.
4340 */
4341 HardExpiry?: booleanObjectType;
4342 }
4343 export interface UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest {
4344 /**
4345 * The name of the role to update with the new policy. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4346 */
4347 RoleName: roleNameType;
4348 /**
4349 * The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for AWS CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. AWS CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4350 */
4351 PolicyDocument: policyDocumentType;
4352 }
4353 export interface UpdateGroupRequest {
4354 /**
4355 * Name of the IAM group to update. If you're changing the name of the group, this is the original name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4356 */
4357 GroupName: groupNameType;
4358 /**
4359 * New path for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
4360 */
4361 NewPath?: pathType;
4362 /**
4363 * New name for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's name. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
4364 */
4365 NewGroupName?: groupNameType;
4366 }
4367 export interface UpdateLoginProfileRequest {
4368 /**
4369 * The name of the user whose password you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4370 */
4371 UserName: userNameType;
4372 /**
4373 * The new password for the specified IAM user. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) However, the format can be further restricted by the account administrator by setting a password policy on the AWS account. For more information, see UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy.
4374 */
4375 Password?: passwordType;
4376 /**
4377 * Allows this new password to be used only once by requiring the specified IAM user to set a new password on next sign-in.
4378 */
4379 PasswordResetRequired?: booleanObjectType;
4380 }
4381 export interface UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest {
4382 /**
4383 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource object for which you want to update the thumbprint. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4384 */
4385 OpenIDConnectProviderArn: arnType;
4386 /**
4387 * A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM OpenID Connect provider. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
4388 */
4389 ThumbprintList: thumbprintListType;
4390 }
4391 export interface UpdateRoleDescriptionRequest {
4392 /**
4393 * The name of the role that you want to modify.
4394 */
4395 RoleName: roleNameType;
4396 /**
4397 * The new description that you want to apply to the specified role.
4398 */
4399 Description: roleDescriptionType;
4400 }
4401 export interface UpdateRoleDescriptionResponse {
4402 /**
4403 * A structure that contains details about the modified role.
4404 */
4405 Role?: Role;
4406 }
4407 export interface UpdateRoleRequest {
4408 /**
4409 * The name of the role that you want to modify.
4410 */
4411 RoleName: roleNameType;
4412 /**
4413 * The new description that you want to apply to the specified role.
4414 */
4415 Description?: roleDescriptionType;
4416 /**
4417 * The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. Anyone who assumes the role from the AWS CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles in the IAM User Guide.
4418 */
4419 MaxSessionDuration?: roleMaxSessionDurationType;
4420 }
4421 export interface UpdateRoleResponse {
4422 }
4423 export interface UpdateSAMLProviderRequest {
4424 /**
4425 * An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.
4426 */
4427 SAMLMetadataDocument: SAMLMetadataDocumentType;
4428 /**
4429 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
4430 */
4431 SAMLProviderArn: arnType;
4432 }
4433 export interface UpdateSAMLProviderResponse {
4434 /**
4435 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider that was updated.
4436 */
4437 SAMLProviderArn?: arnType;
4438 }
4439 export interface UpdateSSHPublicKeyRequest {
4440 /**
4441 * The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4442 */
4443 UserName: userNameType;
4444 /**
4445 * The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
4446 */
4447 SSHPublicKeyId: publicKeyIdType;
4448 /**
4449 * The status to assign to the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be used for authentication with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
4450 */
4451 Status: statusType;
4452 }
4453 export interface UpdateServerCertificateRequest {
4454 /**
4455 * The name of the server certificate that you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4456 */
4457 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
4458 /**
4459 * The new path for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating the server certificate's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
4460 */
4461 NewPath?: pathType;
4462 /**
4463 * The new name for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating the server certificate's name. The name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4464 */
4465 NewServerCertificateName?: serverCertificateNameType;
4466 }
4467 export interface UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest {
4468 /**
4469 * The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If you do not specify this value, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4470 */
4471 UserName?: userNameType;
4472 /**
4473 * The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
4474 */
4475 ServiceSpecificCredentialId: serviceSpecificCredentialId;
4476 /**
4477 * The status to be assigned to the service-specific credential.
4478 */
4479 Status: statusType;
4480 }
4481 export interface UpdateSigningCertificateRequest {
4482 /**
4483 * The name of the IAM user the signing certificate belongs to. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4484 */
4485 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
4486 /**
4487 * The ID of the signing certificate you want to update. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
4488 */
4489 CertificateId: certificateIdType;
4490 /**
4491 * The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the certificate can be used for API calls to AWS Inactive means that the certificate cannot be used.
4492 */
4493 Status: statusType;
4494 }
4495 export interface UpdateUserRequest {
4496 /**
4497 * Name of the user to update. If you're changing the name of the user, this is the original user name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4498 */
4499 UserName: existingUserNameType;
4500 /**
4501 * New path for the IAM user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the user's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
4502 */
4503 NewPath?: pathType;
4504 /**
4505 * New name for the user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the user's name. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
4506 */
4507 NewUserName?: userNameType;
4508 }
4509 export interface UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest {
4510 /**
4511 * The name of the IAM user to associate the SSH public key with. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4512 */
4513 UserName: userNameType;
4514 /**
4515 * The SSH public key. The public key must be encoded in ssh-rsa format or PEM format. The minimum bit-length of the public key is 2048 bits. For example, you can generate a 2048-bit key, and the resulting PEM file is 1679 bytes long. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4516 */
4517 SSHPublicKeyBody: publicKeyMaterialType;
4518 }
4519 export interface UploadSSHPublicKeyResponse {
4520 /**
4521 * Contains information about the SSH public key.
4522 */
4523 SSHPublicKey?: SSHPublicKey;
4524 }
4525 export interface UploadServerCertificateRequest {
4526 /**
4527 * The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. If you are uploading a server certificate specifically for use with Amazon CloudFront distributions, you must specify a path using the path parameter. The path must begin with /cloudfront and must include a trailing slash (for example, /cloudfront/test/).
4528 */
4529 Path?: pathType;
4530 /**
4531 * The name for the server certificate. Do not include the path in this value. The name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4532 */
4533 ServerCertificateName: serverCertificateNameType;
4534 /**
4535 * The contents of the public key certificate in PEM-encoded format. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4536 */
4537 CertificateBody: certificateBodyType;
4538 /**
4539 * The contents of the private key in PEM-encoded format. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4540 */
4541 PrivateKey: privateKeyType;
4542 /**
4543 * The contents of the certificate chain. This is typically a concatenation of the PEM-encoded public key certificates of the chain. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4544 */
4545 CertificateChain?: certificateChainType;
4546 }
4547 export interface UploadServerCertificateResponse {
4548 /**
4549 * The meta information of the uploaded server certificate without its certificate body, certificate chain, and private key.
4550 */
4551 ServerCertificateMetadata?: ServerCertificateMetadata;
4552 }
4553 export interface UploadSigningCertificateRequest {
4554 /**
4555 * The name of the user the signing certificate is for. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
4556 */
4557 UserName?: existingUserNameType;
4558 /**
4559 * The contents of the signing certificate. The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF) The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
4560 */
4561 CertificateBody: certificateBodyType;
4562 }
4563 export interface UploadSigningCertificateResponse {
4564 /**
4565 * Information about the certificate.
4566 */
4567 Certificate: SigningCertificate;
4568 }
4569 export interface User {
4570 /**
4571 * The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
4572 */
4573 Path: pathType;
4574 /**
4575 * The friendly name identifying the user.
4576 */
4577 UserName: userNameType;
4578 /**
4579 * The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
4580 */
4581 UserId: idType;
4582 /**
4583 * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the user. For more information about ARNs and how to use ARNs in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
4584 */
4585 Arn: arnType;
4586 /**
4587 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user was created.
4588 */
4589 CreateDate: dateType;
4590 /**
4591 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user's password was last used to sign in to an AWS website. For a list of AWS websites that capture a user's last sign-in time, see the Credential Reports topic in the IAM User Guide. If a password is used more than once in a five-minute span, only the first use is returned in this field. If the field is null (no value), then it indicates that they never signed in with a password. This can be because: The user never had a password. A password exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information on October 20, 2014. A null value does not mean that the user never had a password. Also, if the user does not currently have a password but had one in the past, then this field contains the date and time the most recent password was used. This value is returned only in the GetUser and ListUsers operations.
4592 */
4593 PasswordLastUsed?: dateType;
4594 /**
4595 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
4596 */
4597 PermissionsBoundary?: AttachedPermissionsBoundary;
4598 /**
4599 * A list of tags that are associated with the specified user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
4600 */
4601 Tags?: tagListType;
4602 }
4603 export interface UserDetail {
4604 /**
4605 * The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
4606 */
4607 Path?: pathType;
4608 /**
4609 * The friendly name identifying the user.
4610 */
4611 UserName?: userNameType;
4612 /**
4613 * The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
4614 */
4615 UserId?: idType;
4616 Arn?: arnType;
4617 /**
4618 * The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user was created.
4619 */
4620 CreateDate?: dateType;
4621 /**
4622 * A list of the inline policies embedded in the user.
4623 */
4624 UserPolicyList?: policyDetailListType;
4625 /**
4626 * A list of IAM groups that the user is in.
4627 */
4628 GroupList?: groupNameListType;
4629 /**
4630 * A list of the managed policies attached to the user.
4631 */
4632 AttachedManagedPolicies?: attachedPoliciesListType;
4633 /**
4634 * The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
4635 */
4636 PermissionsBoundary?: AttachedPermissionsBoundary;
4637 /**
4638 * A list of tags that are associated with the specified user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
4639 */
4640 Tags?: tagListType;
4641 }
4642 export interface VirtualMFADevice {
4643 /**
4644 * The serial number associated with VirtualMFADevice.
4645 */
4646 SerialNumber: serialNumberType;
4647 /**
4648 * The base32 seed defined as specified in RFC3548. The Base32StringSeed is base64-encoded.
4649 */
4650 Base32StringSeed?: BootstrapDatum;
4651 /**
4652 * A QR code PNG image that encodes otpauth://totp/$virtualMFADeviceName@$AccountName?secret=$Base32String where $virtualMFADeviceName is one of the create call arguments. AccountName is the user name if set (otherwise, the account ID otherwise), and Base32String is the seed in base32 format. The Base32String value is base64-encoded.
4653 */
4654 QRCodePNG?: BootstrapDatum;
4655 /**
4656 * The IAM user associated with this virtual MFA device.
4657 */
4658 User?: User;
4659 /**
4660 * The date and time on which the virtual MFA device was enabled.
4661 */
4662 EnableDate?: dateType;
4663 }
4664 export type accessKeyIdType = string;
4665 export type accessKeyMetadataListType = AccessKeyMetadata[];
4666 export type accessKeySecretType = string;
4667 export type accountAliasListType = accountAliasType[];
4668 export type accountAliasType = string;
4669 export type arnType = string;
4670 export type assignmentStatusType = "Assigned"|"Unassigned"|"Any"|string;
4671 export type attachedPoliciesListType = AttachedPolicy[];
4672 export type attachmentCountType = number;
4673 export type authenticationCodeType = string;
4674 export type booleanObjectType = boolean;
4675 export type booleanType = boolean;
4676 export type certificateBodyType = string;
4677 export type certificateChainType = string;
4678 export type certificateIdType = string;
4679 export type certificateListType = SigningCertificate[];
4680 export type clientIDListType = clientIDType[];
4681 export type clientIDType = string;
4682 export type customSuffixType = string;
4683 export type dateType = Date;
4684 export type encodingType = "SSH"|"PEM"|string;
4685 export type entityDetailsListType = EntityDetails[];
4686 export type entityListType = EntityType[];
4687 export type entityNameType = string;
4688 export type existingUserNameType = string;
4689 export type globalEndpointTokenVersion = "v1Token"|"v2Token"|string;
4690 export type groupDetailListType = GroupDetail[];
4691 export type groupListType = Group[];
4692 export type groupNameListType = groupNameType[];
4693 export type groupNameType = string;
4694 export type idType = string;
4695 export type instanceProfileListType = InstanceProfile[];
4696 export type instanceProfileNameType = string;
4697 export type integerType = number;
4698 export type jobIDType = string;
4699 export type jobStatusType = "IN_PROGRESS"|"COMPLETED"|"FAILED"|string;
4700 export type listPolicyGrantingServiceAccessResponseListType = ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry[];
4701 export type markerType = string;
4702 export type maxItemsType = number;
4703 export type maxPasswordAgeType = number;
4704 export type mfaDeviceListType = MFADevice[];
4705 export type minimumPasswordLengthType = number;
4706 export type organizationsEntityPathType = string;
4707 export type organizationsPolicyIdType = string;
4708 export type passwordReusePreventionType = number;
4709 export type passwordType = string;
4710 export type pathPrefixType = string;
4711 export type pathType = string;
4712 export type policyDescriptionType = string;
4713 export type policyDetailListType = PolicyDetail[];
4714 export type policyDocumentType = string;
4715 export type policyDocumentVersionListType = PolicyVersion[];
4716 export type policyGrantingServiceAccessListType = PolicyGrantingServiceAccess[];
4717 export type policyListType = Policy[];
4718 export type policyNameListType = policyNameType[];
4719 export type policyNameType = string;
4720 export type policyOwnerEntityType = "USER"|"ROLE"|"GROUP"|string;
4721 export type policyPathType = string;
4722 export type policyScopeType = "All"|"AWS"|"Local"|string;
4723 export type policyType = "INLINE"|"MANAGED"|string;
4724 export type policyVersionIdType = string;
4725 export type privateKeyType = string;
4726 export type publicKeyFingerprintType = string;
4727 export type publicKeyIdType = string;
4728 export type publicKeyMaterialType = string;
4729 export type responseMarkerType = string;
4730 export type roleDescriptionType = string;
4731 export type roleDetailListType = RoleDetail[];
4732 export type roleListType = Role[];
4733 export type roleMaxSessionDurationType = number;
4734 export type roleNameType = string;
4735 export type serialNumberType = string;
4736 export type serverCertificateMetadataListType = ServerCertificateMetadata[];
4737 export type serverCertificateNameType = string;
4738 export type serviceName = string;
4739 export type serviceNameType = string;
4740 export type serviceNamespaceListType = serviceNamespaceType[];
4741 export type serviceNamespaceType = string;
4742 export type servicePassword = string;
4743 export type serviceSpecificCredentialId = string;
4744 export type serviceUserName = string;
4745 export type sortKeyType = "SERVICE_NAMESPACE_ASCENDING"|"SERVICE_NAMESPACE_DESCENDING"|"LAST_AUTHENTICATED_TIME_ASCENDING"|"LAST_AUTHENTICATED_TIME_DESCENDING"|string;
4746 export type statusType = "Active"|"Inactive"|string;
4747 export type stringType = string;
4748 export type summaryKeyType = "Users"|"UsersQuota"|"Groups"|"GroupsQuota"|"ServerCertificates"|"ServerCertificatesQuota"|"UserPolicySizeQuota"|"GroupPolicySizeQuota"|"GroupsPerUserQuota"|"SigningCertificatesPerUserQuota"|"AccessKeysPerUserQuota"|"MFADevices"|"MFADevicesInUse"|"AccountMFAEnabled"|"AccountAccessKeysPresent"|"AccountSigningCertificatesPresent"|"AttachedPoliciesPerGroupQuota"|"AttachedPoliciesPerRoleQuota"|"AttachedPoliciesPerUserQuota"|"Policies"|"PoliciesQuota"|"PolicySizeQuota"|"PolicyVersionsInUse"|"PolicyVersionsInUseQuota"|"VersionsPerPolicyQuota"|"GlobalEndpointTokenVersion"|string;
4749 export type summaryMapType = {[key: string]: summaryValueType};
4750 export type summaryValueType = number;
4751 export type tagKeyListType = tagKeyType[];
4752 export type tagKeyType = string;
4753 export type tagListType = Tag[];
4754 export type tagValueType = string;
4755 export type thumbprintListType = thumbprintType[];
4756 export type thumbprintType = string;
4757 export type userDetailListType = UserDetail[];
4758 export type userListType = User[];
4759 export type userNameType = string;
4760 export type virtualMFADeviceListType = VirtualMFADevice[];
4761 export type virtualMFADeviceName = string;
4762 /**
4763 * A string in YYYY-MM-DD format that represents the latest possible API version that can be used in this service. Specify 'latest' to use the latest possible version.
4764 */
4765 export type apiVersion = "2010-05-08"|"latest"|string;
4766 export interface ClientApiVersions {
4767 /**
4768 * A string in YYYY-MM-DD format that represents the latest possible API version that can be used in this service. Specify 'latest' to use the latest possible version.
4769 */
4770 apiVersion?: apiVersion;
4771 }
4772 export type ClientConfiguration = ServiceConfigurationOptions & ClientApiVersions;
4773 /**
4774 * Contains interfaces for use with the IAM client.
4775 */
4776 export import Types = IAM;
4777}
4778export = IAM;